ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Commentary ·

PG_91A_4

Maximus Confessor · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 258 passages · 61,587 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 5 derived notes 0 open questions 258 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 258 narrative.
  • caution2 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture3 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: John 1:1; John 1:29; John 4:10.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

SourceRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:101 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καθώς ὁ σοφός Ἐκκλησιαστής μεγάλῳ τε καί τρανῷ ψυχῆς ὄμματι τῶν ὁρωμένων τε καί ῥεόντων ὑπερκύψας τήν γένεσιν, καί οἷον ἐν φαντασίᾳ τῶν ἀληθῶς πεποιημένων καί γεγενημένων γενόμενος· Τί τό γεγενημένον; αὐτό τό γενησόμενον· καί τί τό πεποιημένον; Αὐτό, φησί, τό ποιηθησόμενον· τῶν πρώτων δηλαδή καί τῶν τελευταίων ἐπιμνησθείς, ὡς τῶν αὐτῶν ὄντων καί ἀληθῶς ὄντων, τῶν δέ μέσων καί παρερχομένων οὐδόλως κατά τόν τόπον μνησθείς. Μετά γάρ τό ἐξελθεῖν, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν μεγαλοφυῶς μάλιστα τό διδάσκαλον, περί τινος φύσεως ζώων καί λίθων, καί ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν ἀορίστως περί πολλῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι θεωρουμένων, ἐπιφέρει τούτοις· " Παίζει γάρ λόγος αἰπύς ἐν εἴδεσι παντοδαποῖσι, κρίνας ὡς ἐθέλει κόσμον ἐόν ἔνθα καί ἔνθα». Μήποτε οὖν καθώς αὐτός ἐν τῷ τῆς ἁγίας Πεντηκοστῆς λόγῳ φησί, περί θεότητος διεξιών καί κτιστῆς φύσεως, " Ἕως ἑκάτερον ἐπί τῆς ἰδίας μένει, τό μέν περιωπῆς, τό δέ ταπεινώσεως, ἄμικτος ἡ ἀγαθότης καί τό φιλάνθρωπον ἀκοινώνητον, καί χάσμα μέγα ἐν μέσῳ καί ἀδιάβατον, οὐ τόν πλούσιον τοῦ Λαζάρου καί τῶν ὀρεκτῶν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ κόλπων διεῖργον, πᾶσαν δέ τήν γενητήν φύσιν καί ῥέουσαν τῆς ἀγενήτου καί ἑστηκυίας;" Ὧ παρεμφερῆ τε καί ὅμοια καί ὁ θεηγόρος μέγας διεξέρχεται Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης φάσκων·

English

Just as the wise Ecclesiastes, with the great and clear eye of the soul, looked beyond the origin of things seen and flowing, and became as it were in a vision of the things truly made and brought into being: What is that which has come to be? The very thing that shall be; and what is that which has been made? The very thing, he says, that shall be made—that is, having made mention of the first things and the last things, as being the same and truly existent, but having made no mention at all, in that place, of the middle things that pass away. For after he had gone forth, as was possible, in a manner most befitting a teacher of great natural endowment, concerning the nature of certain living creatures and stones, and, to speak simply, indefinitely concerning many of the things contemplated among existing things, he adds to these: "For a steep word plays in forms of every kind, judging as it wills a world that is here and there." Perhaps, then, just as he himself says in the discourse on holy Pentecost, when treating of the Godhead and created nature, "So long as each of the two remains in its own state—the one of exaltation, the other of lowliness—the goodness is unmixed and the love of man is unshared, and a great and impassable gulf stands in the midst, not the gulf that separated the rich man from Lazarus and from the desirable bosoms of Abraham, but one that separates all created and flowing nature from the unbegotten and steadfast nature." With this the great Dionysius the Areopagite, the spokesman of God, also sets forth things closely resembling and like, saying:

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:102 · narrative
Source · Greek

«Τολμητέον δέ καί τοῦτο ὑπέρ ἀληθείας εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καί αὐτός ὁ πάντων αἴτιος τῷ καλῷ καί ἀγαθῷ τῶν πάντων ἔρωτι δι᾿ ὑπερβολήν τῆς ἐρωτικῆς ἀγαθότητος ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται, ταῖς εἰς τά ὄντα πάντα προνοίαις, καί οἷον ἀγαθότητι καί ἀγαπήσει καί ἔρωτι θέλγεται, καί ἐκ τοῦ ὑπέρ πάντα καί πάντα καί πάντων ἐξῃρημένου πρός τό ἐν πᾶσι κατάγεται, κατ᾿ ἐκστατικήν ὑπερούσιον δύναμιν ἐνεκφοίτητον ἑαυτοῦ». Μήπως οὖν, καθώς ἔφην, κἀκ τούτων τόν περί τοῦ, " Παίζει γάρ Λόγος αἰπύς, " ἐπιτόμως ἀποδοθέντα τρόπον ἐξαπλῶσαι κατά διάνοιαν τοιαύτην ἡμῖν ἐστι δυνατόν φάσκουσιν, Ὥσπερ οἱ γονεῖς (ἵνα τοῖς καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς παραδείγμασι χρήσωμαι εἰς

English

But this too must be said boldly in defense of the truth: that the very Cause of all things, by the good and beautiful love of all things, through the excess of his loving goodness, goes outside of himself, in his providences toward all beings, and is, as it were, charmed by goodness and love and desire, and from being above all things and all things and beyond all things he is led down to what is in all things, by a transcendent ecstatic power that departs from himself. Perhaps, then, as I said, from these things too it is possible for us, in such a sense, to unfold the meaning of the saying, "For a steep Word plays," which was briefly rendered, as they say: Just as parents (to use examples from our own experience for

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:103 · narrative
Source · Greek

τήν τῶν ὑπέρ ἡμᾶς πραγμάτων ὑπογραφήν), ἀφορμάς τοῖς τέκνοις παρέχοντες τήν νωθεῖαν ἀποσείσασθαι συγκαταβάσεως τρόπῳ, δοκοῦσι κατά συμπεριφοράν παιδικά παίγνια μετιέναι, ὡς φέρε εἰπεῖν καρυατίζειν, καί ἀστραγάλοις μετ᾿ αὐτῶν συμπεριφέρεσθαι, ἤ καί ἄνθη πολύχροα τούτοις παρατιθέντες, καί πολυβαφεῖς ἐσθῆτας τῶν αἰσθήσεων θελκτηρίους, ἀπῆγον ἤ κατέπληττον, ὡς τῶν παίδων ἑτέραν τέως ἐργασίαν οὐκ ἐχόντων, μετά βραχύ δέ καί παιδευτηρίοις αὐτούς τῶν γονέων παραδιδόντων, εἶτα καί λόγου τελεωτέρου καί πραγμάτων ἰδίων μεταδιδόντων, οὕτω τυχόν καί τόν ἐπί πάντων Θεόν φησι διά τῶν εἰρημένων ὁ διδάσκαλος διά τῆς τέως ἱστοριώδους τῶν φαινομένων κτισμάτων φύσεως εἰς ἔκπληξιν ἤ καί ἀπαγωγήν διά τῆς αὐτῶν θέας καί γνώσεως νῦν ἡμᾶς οἷα κομιδῇ παῖδας ἐμβάλλοντα, ἔπειτα καί τήν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς πνευματικωτέρων λόγων θεωρίαν ἐνιέντα, καί τελευταῖον ἐπί τήν ἑαυτοῦ καθώς ἐστιν ἐφικτόν διά θεολογίας μυστικωτέραν γνῶσιν ἐνάγοντα, τήν πάσης τῆς ἐν εἴδει καί ποιῷ καί σχήματι καί ποσῷ, τῷ ἐν πλήθει τε καί ὄγκῳ παντάπασι καθαρεύουσαν, ποικιλίας τε καί συνθέσεως ἐν τοῖς προπαιδεύμασιν, ὡς πρός τό τέρμα τῆς θεωρίας, " παίζειν" εἴρηται τῷ θεοφόρῳ Γρηγορίῳ, καί τῷ θεοφόρῳ Διονυσίῳ " θέλγεσθαί" τε καί "ἐξίστασθαι ἑαυτοῦ».

English

—the outline of things beyond us—providing for their children occasions to shake off sluggishness by way of condescension, they seem, through accommodation, to pursue childish play, so to speak to play at knucklebones, and to accommodate themselves to them with dice, or also by setting before them flowers of many colors and garments of many dyes, charms for the senses, they led them away or struck them with wonder, since children for a time have no other occupation, but shortly afterward their parents hand them over to schools, and then impart to them more perfect reason and their own affairs; so, it says, perhaps the teacher speaks of the God over all through the things said: through the for a time historical nature of visible creatures, now casting us, as it were, mere children into amazement or even leading us on through the sight and knowledge of them, then letting into us the contemplation of the more spiritual reasons within them, and finally leading us on to the more mystical knowledge of himself, as far as it is attainable, through theology—the knowledge that is utterly pure of all variety and composition in form and quality and shape and quantity, in multitude and bulk, in the preliminary lessons, as toward the goal of contemplation—which the God-bearing Gregory called "playing," and the God-bearing Dionysius "being charmed" and "standing outside oneself.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:104 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῷ ὄντι γάρ ἐκ παραλλήλου κατά παράθεσιν θεωρούμενα πρός τά κυρίως καί ἀληθῶς ὄντα, καί ἐς ὕστερον φανησόμενα, τά παρόντα καί φαινόμενα καί παίγνιον εἶναι δοκεῖ, καί ἔτι τούτου ποῤῥωτέρω. Πρός γάρ τήν τῶν κυρίως θείων καί πρωτοτύπων πραγμάτων ἀλήθειαν συγκρινομένη τῶν παρόντων καί ὁρωμένων πραγμάτων ἡ διακόσμησις οὐδέ τό παράπαν εἶναι νομισθήσεται τοῖς ὅλον χωρεῖν κατά τό δυνατόν τό τῆς θείας ὡραιότητος κάλλος ἀξιουμένοις, ὥσπερ οὐδέ τό παίγνιον ἀληθινῷ τινι καί ὄντι πράγματι συγκρινόμενον εἶναι καθάπαξ νομίζεται. ΡΟΗ (178). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλη θεωρία εἰς τό αὐτό.

Τυχόν δέ καί τό μεταπτωτικόν ὧν ἐγχειρίζομεν ὑλικῶν πραγμάτων ἄλλην ἄλλως μεταφερόντων τε καί μεταφερομένων, καί μηδεμίαν βάσιν ἐχόντων στερέμνιον, πλήν τοῦ πρώτου λόγου καθ᾿ ὅν φέρονται σοφῶς τε καί προνοητικῶς καί φέρουσι, καί τῷ κρατεῖσθαι ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν νομίζεσθαι, διαφευγόντων πλέον ἤ κρατουμένων, καί τήν ἔφεσιν ἡμῶν τῶν αὐτοῖς ἀνεχομένων κρατεῖσθαι, μᾶλλον ἑαυτῶν οἷον ἀπωθουμένων, καί κρατεῖν ἤ κρατεῖσθαι παντελῶς μή δυναμένων, οἷα δή μόνον σταθερόν τῆς ἑαυτῶν φύσεως ὅρον κεκτημένων τό ἀποῤῥεῖν καί μή ἵστασθαι, παίγνιον εἰκότως ἐῤῥέθη Θεοῦ τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ὡς διά τούτων μετάγοντος ἡμᾶς ἐπί τά ὄντως ὄντα, καί μηδέποτε σαλευόμενα. ΡΟΘ (179). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλη θεωρία εἰς τό αὐτό.

English

For in truth, when compared side by side and set in juxtaposition with the things that truly and genuinely exist, and that will appear hereafter, the things present and visible seem to be a plaything, and even further removed than that. For compared with the truth of the truly divine and archetypal realities, the ordered arrangement of present and visible things will be thought not to exist at all by those deemed worthy to contain, as far as possible, the whole beauty of divine loveliness—just as a plaything, compared with something true and real, is held to be not existent at all. RH 178. ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION ON THE SAME. Another contemplation on the same.

Perhaps also because the material things we take in hand are unstable, carrying and being carried now one way, now another, and have no firm foundation—except for the first principle by which they are borne wisely and providentially and themselves bear—and because they are thought to be held by us, yet they escape more than they are held, and because we who endure their being held rather push them away from ourselves, as it were, and can neither hold nor be held at all, since the only stable limit of their nature is to flow away and never stand still—for this reason they were reasonably called a plaything of God by the Teacher, as though through these things he were leading us on to the things that truly are and are never shaken. RH 179. ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION ON THE SAME. Another contemplation on the same.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:105 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ δέ καί ἡμεῖς αὐτοί, κατά τήν κρατοῦσαν ἐπί τοῦ παρόντος τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀκολουθίαν, νῦν μέν καθ᾿ ὁμοιότητα τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπί γῆς ζώων γεννώμενοι, ἔπειτα παῖδες γινόμενοι, εἶτα ἄνθους ὡκυμόρου δίκην τῆς νεότητος ἐπί τό ῥίκνον τῆς παλαιότητος φθασάσης τεθνηξόμενοι, καί πρός ἕτερον βίον μετατιθέμενοι, "παίγνιον ἐρήθημεν τοῦ Θεοῦ" τῷ θεοφόρῳ τούτῳ διδασκάλῳ, οὐκ ἔξω τοῦ εἰκότος. Πρός γάρ τήν μέλλουσαν τῆς θείας καί ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς ἀρχετυπίαν ἡ παροῦσα

συγκρινομένη ζωή παίγνιόν ἐστι, καί πᾶν εἴ τι ἄλλο τούτου καθέστηκεν ἀνουσιώτερον. Ὅπερ ἐν τῷ εἰς Καισάριον ἐπιταφίῳ δείκνυσι σαφέστερον, οὑτωσί λέγων· "Τοιοῦτος ὁ βίος ἡμῶν, ἀδελφοί, τῶν ζώντων πρόσκαιρα· τοιοῦτο τό ἐπί γῆς παίγνιον· οὐκ ὄντας γενέσθαι, γενομένους ἀναλυθῆναι· ὄναρ ἐσμέν οὐχ ἱστάμενον, φάσμα τι μή κρατούμενον, πτῆσις ὀρνέου παρερχομένου, ναῦς ἐπί θαλάσσης ἴχνος οὐκ ἔχουσα, κόνις, ἀτμίς, ἐωθινή δρόσος, ἄνθος καιρῷ φυόμενον καί καιρῷ λυόμενον, ἄνθρωπος ὡσεί χόρτος αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ, ὡσεί ἄνθος τοῦ ἀγροῦ, οὕτως ἐξανθήσει, καλῶς ὁ θεῖος Δαβίδ περί τῆς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἐφιλοσόφησε». ΕΠΙΛΟΓΟΣ Ταῦτα περί ὧν τοῖς θειοτάτοις τοῦ μεγάλου Πατρός ἡμῶν καί διδασκάλου Γρηγορίου λόγοις ἠπορήσατε καί εἰπεῖν ἐκελεύσατέ μοι, μακαριώτατοι, κατά τήν ἐμήν δύναμιν. Τῷ ὑμετέρῳ νεύματι δικαίως ὑπείκων ἔφην ἐγώ στοχαζόμενος, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀποφαινόμενος.

English

If we ourselves too, following the prevailing sequence of our nature at present—being born now in likeness to the rest of the living creatures on earth, then becoming children, then, when youth has reached the wrinkle of old age like a swift-fading flower, going to die and being transferred to another life—have been called "a plaything of God" by this God-bearing teacher, it is not outside the realm of likelihood. For compared with the future archetype of the divine and true life, the present life is a plaything, and whatever else is more unsubstantial than this. He shows this more clearly in the funeral oration for Caesarius, speaking as follows: "Such is our life, brothers, the things of the living are temporary; such is the plaything on earth: to come into being when we were not, and when we have come to be, to be dissolved; we are a dream that does not stand, a phantom that is not held, the flight of a passing bird, a ship on the sea leaving no trace, dust, vapor, morning dew, a flower that grows in season and in season is loosed; man—his days are like grass, like the flower of the field, so shall he blossom forth—well did the divine David philosophize about our weakness." EPILOGUE These things, most blessed ones, concerning the words of our great Father and teacher Gregory, the most divine, about which you were at a loss and commanded me to speak—I have said according to my ability. Rightly yielding to your nod, I spoke as one conjecturing, not as one pronouncing definitively.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:106 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ γάρ ἐφικνεῖται τῆς μεγάλης καί ὑψηλῆς τοῦ θεοφόρου διδασκάλου διανοίας ὁ ἡμέτερος νοῦς, πολλαῖς ἔτι κατά θέλησιν ἀκίσι παθῶν βαλλόμενος, ὧν τοῖς μώλωψι μᾶλλον χαίρει στιζόμενος ἤ χάρισιν ἀρετῶν καθαιρόμενος, διά τήν μακράν τοῦ κακοῦ συνήθειαν ἕξιν λαβών φιλαμαρτήμονα. Καί εἰ μέν φανῶσιν ὑμῖν τινα λόγον ἔχειν τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἄξιον, καί μή πάντη τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπολειπόμενον, τῷ Θεῷ χάρις, τῷ τήν χαμαίζηλον (ἵνα καί τοῦτο θαυματουργήσῃ) καί χαμαιπετῆ διάνοιαν φωτίσαντι, καί λόγον σύμμετρον χαρισαμένῳ, πρός τό χαράξαι τήν συμμετρίαν τῶν νοηθένων καί ὑμῖν τοῖς ὑποτάξασι καί τῇ τῶν εὐχῶν βοηθείᾳ τό πᾶν κατορθώσασιν. " Εἰ δέ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἤ ἀτελῶς καί τῆς ἀληθείας ἤ ὁλικῶς ἤ μερικῶς ἀποπεπλάνημαι " (τόν γάρ μέγαν καί θεοφάντορα κἀν τούτῳ σοι προσφέρω Διονύσιον παρακλήτορα), " τῆς σῆς ἄν εἴη φιλανθρωπίας ἐπανορθώσασθαι τόν ἀκουσίως ἀγνοοῦντα, καί μαθεῖν δεομένῳ, καί ἐπαμῦναι τῷ μή αὐτάρκη δύναμιν ἔχοντι, καί ἰάσασθαι τόν οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀῤῥωστεῖν, ἵνα καί τοῦτο μετά τῶν ἄλλων σου καλῶν, μᾶλλον δέ πρό τῶν ἄλλων, ἀνάθημα τίμιον καί πάσης θυσίας αἰδεσιμώτερον ἱερουργήσῃς τῷ Θεῷ τήν φιλανθρωπίαν, τῷ ἐν οὐρανῷ καί ἐπί γῆς παρά πάσης δοξαζομένῳ τῆς κτίσεως, καί μόνην ἀπαιτοῦντι παρ᾿ ἡμῶν θυσίαν τήν εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλανθρωπίαν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΔΙΟΝΥΣΙΟΥ * ΠΡΟΛΟΓΟΣ Τήν μέν εὐγένειαν, τό τε περιφανές ἐν πλούτῳ μεγάλου Διονυσίου καί μόνον αὐτό τό κατά Ἀθηναίους βουλευτήριον, καθ' ὅ βουλεύειν ᾑρέθη, παρίστησι.

English

For our mind does not reach the great and lofty thought of the God-bearing teacher, since it is still struck by many darts of the passions according to its will, by whose wounds it rejoices rather to be pricked than to be cleansed by the graces of the virtues, having acquired, through long habit of evil, a sin-loving disposition. And if what I have said appears to you to have some account worthy of the subject, and not to fall entirely short of the truth, thanks be to God, who enlightened the lowly and earth-bound mind (that he might work this wonder too) and granted a measure of discourse suited to tracing out the measure of the things understood, both for you who have set this task and for those who have accomplished the whole with the help of your prayers. "But if I have not spoken rightly or perfectly, and have wandered from the truth either wholly or in part" (for here too I bring before you the great Dionysius, the God-inspired, as an advocate), "it would be for your love of humanity to correct one who is involuntarily ignorant, and to teach one who needs to learn, and to assist one who does not have sufficient strength, and to heal one who does not wish to be sick, so that, along with your other good deeds—or rather before the others—you may offer to God as a precious dedication and an offering more venerable than every sacrifice your love of humanity, to him who is glorified in heaven and on earth by all creation, and who demands from us only one sacrifice: love of humanity toward one another." SCHOLIA ON THE WORKS OF SAINT DIONYSIUS: PROLOGUE. The nobility, and the distinction in wealth, of the great Dionysius, and the very council of the Athenians, in which he was chosen to deliberate, make this clear.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:107 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῶν γάρ Ἀρεοπαγιτῶν εἷς ἐτύγχανεν οὖτος, ὡς ὁ θεῖος ἐδήλωσε Λουκᾶς, ἱστορῶν τάς τῶν ἱερῶν ἀποστόλων ἱεράς πράξεις· εἰπών γάρ τόν ἁγιωτάτων ἀπόστολον Παῦλον γενόμενον ἐν Ἀθήναις, συμβαλόντα τέ τισιν εἰς λόγους τῶν ἐξ Ἐπικούρου φιλοσόφων, καί τῶν γε μήν ἀπό τῆς στοᾶς, καί κηρύξαντα τήν εἰς τόν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν πίστιν, τήν τε τῶν νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν καί τήν καθολικήν κρίσιν, συλληφθῆναι παρά τῶν ἀφιλοσόφων (οὑ γάρ ἀληθῶς Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τῆς ἐκδόσεις ʺΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝʺ τῆς σειρᾶς ʺΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣʺ Θεσσαλονίκη 1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ *

ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, τόμος ΣΤ. Πέρασε ἀπό σκάνερ, ἀκολούθησε ὀπτική ἀναγνώριση χαρακτήρων καί ἔλεγχος.

φιλοσόφων) ἀχθῆναί τε κατά τόν Ἄρειον πάγον, καί δημηγορήσαντα, παραχρῆμά τινας ἑλεῖν καί πρός τό τῆς ἀληθείας μεταθεῖναι φῶς ἐπάγει. Καί οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν· τινές δέ ἄνδρες, κολληθέντες αὐτῷ, ἐπίστευσαν, ἐν οἶς καί Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης καί γυνή ὀνόματι Δάμαρις, καί ἕτεροι σύν αὐτοῖς. Ἐγώ μέν οὖν οὐ μάτην ἀκούω τῶν παρά πάντας τούς πεπιστευκότας τότε διά τοῦ θείου Παύλου, μόνον τόν ἄριστον Διονύσιον ἐξονομασθῆναι παρά τοῦ θεοφόρου συγγραφέως, προστεθείσης αὐτοῦ καί τῆς ἀξίας· φησί γάρ Ἀρεοπαγίτης, ἐπιβάλλω δέ μᾶλλον, ὅτι διά τε τό κατα σοφίαν περιττόν καί διά τό ἐν Ἀθηναίοις ἀνεπιλήπτου πολιτείας ἔκκριτον, μνημονευθῆναι μετά τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ. Χρή δέ εἰδέναι, καθά προέφην, ὡς οὐ παντός ἀνδρός ἦν εἰς τήν ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλήν τελεῖν, ἀλλ’ οἱ παρ' Ἀθηναίοις πρωτεύοντες ἔν τε γένει καί πλούτῳ καί βίῳ χρηστῶ·

English

For this man was one of the Areopagites, as the divine Luke made clear, recording the sacred acts of the holy apostles. For having said that the most holy apostle Paul, when he had come to Athens and had conversed with certain of the philosophers of Epicurus and indeed of those from the Stoa, and had proclaimed the faith in our Lord Jesus Christ, both the resurrection of the dead and the universal judgment, was seized by the unphilosophical (for they were not truly philosophers), and was led to the Areopagus, and having spoken publicly, immediately won some and brought them over to the light of truth, he adds: And so Paul went out from among them; but certain men, having clung to him, believed, among whom were also Dionysius the Areopagite and a woman by the name of Damaris, and others with them. I therefore do not idly hear that of all those who believed at that time through the divine Paul, only the excellent Dionysius was named by the God-bearing writer, his rank also being added; for he says "Areopagite." But I suggest rather that it was because of his surpassing wisdom and because of his blameless and distinguished conduct among the Athenians that he was mentioned together with his household. But one must know, as I said before, that it was not for every man to belong to the council of the Areopagus, but only those who were foremost among the Athenians in family, wealth, and upright life.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:108 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί κατά τοῦθ' οἱ ἐπίσημοι καθεστῶτες ἐβούλευον εἰς τήν ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλήν· ἐκ γάρ των ἐννέα καθίσταμένων ἀρχόντων Ἀθήνησιν, τούς Ἀρεοπαγίτας ἔδει συνεστάναι δικαστάς, ὥς φησιν Ἀνδροτίων ἐν δευτέρᾳ τῶν Ἀτθίδων, ὕστερον δέ πλειόνων γέγονεν ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή, τουτέστιν ἡ ἐξ ἀνδρῶν περιφανεστέρων πεντήκοντα καί ἑνός, πλήν ἐξ εὐπατριδῶν, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φιλόχορος διά τῆς τρίτης τῶν αὐτῶν Ἀτθίδων. Ἔξω δέ τῆς πόλεως ἦν τό κατά Ἄρειον πάγον δικαστήριον, κληθέν οὕτω (καθ' ἅ μυθολογοῦσιν Ἀθηναῖοι) ἐκ τοῦ κατ' αὐτήν τήν ἐξοχήν τοῦ κατά τήν πόλιν ὄρους συστάντος δικαστηρίου μεταξύ Ποσειδῶνος καί Ἄρεως· ὁ γάρ Ποσειδῶν δίκην εἶπε πρός Ἄρεα κατά τούς ἀρχαίους μύθους παρ' Αθηναίοις ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ, φάσκων ἀναιρεθῆναι τόν ἴδιον υἱόν Ἁλιρρόθιον ὑπ' Ἄρεως, κἀκεῖθεν ἐξ Ἄρεως ὁ πάγος ἐκεῖνος Ἄρειος ἐκλήθη. Ἐδίκαζον οὖν Ἀρεοπαγῖται περί πάντων σχεδόν τῶν σφαλμάτων καί παρανομιῶν, ὡς ἅπαντά φησιν Ἀνδροτίων ἐν πρώτῃ, καἰ Φιλόχορος ἐν δευτέρᾳ καί τρίτῃ τῶν Ἀτθίδων. Διά δέ τοῦτο ἅτε καινῶν δαιμονίων καταγγελέα τόν θειότατον Παῦλον, ὡς ἱστόρησεν ὁ φιλαλήθης Λουκᾶς, οἱ τῆς ὑπό Θεοῦ μωρανθείσης σοφίας ἐρασταί πρός τήν ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλήν ἕλκουσιν.

English

And in this respect those who were distinguished were serving as members of the council of the Areopagus; for from the nine archons appointed at Athens, the Areopagites had to be constituted as judges, as Androtion says in the second book of his Atthides. Later the council of the Areopagus became larger, that is, consisting of fifty-one more illustrious men, though from the Eupatrids, as Philochorus records in the third book of the same Atthides. The court of the Areopagus was outside the city, called so (according to what the Athenians relate in myth) from the court that was established at the very height of the hill in the city, between Poseidon and Ares. For Poseidon brought a suit against Ares among the Athenians in that place, according to the ancient myths, claiming that his own son Halirrhothius had been slain by Ares, and from this that hill was called the Areopagus after Ares. The Areopagites therefore judged nearly all offenses and transgressions of the law, as Androtion says in the first book, and Philochorus in the second and third of the Atthides. For this reason, as the truth-loving Luke recorded, the lovers of the wisdom made foolish by God dragged the most divine Paul, as a proclaimer of new divinities, to the council of the Areopagus.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:109 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς Ἀρεοπαγίταις τηνικαῦτα χρόνου βουλεύων, ἅτε δικαστής ἀκλινέστατος, ὁ πάμμεγας Διονύσιος, ἀδέκαστον ἀπένειμε τῇ κατά τόν πνευματοφόρον Παῦλον ἀληθείᾳ τήν ψῆφον, ἐρρῶσθαι τε πολλά φράσας τῇ τῶν Ἀρεοπαγιτῶν ἀνοήτῳ σεμνότητι, τόν ἀληθῆ καί πανεπίσκοπον κριτήν ἐννοίας Χριστόν Ἰησοῦν, τόν τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Πατρός Υἱόν μονογενῆ καί Λόγον, ὅν ὁ Παῦλος ἐκήρυξεν, εὐθύς εἴχετο τοῦ φωτός· κἄν γάρ οἱ Ρωμαῖοι τότε ἐκράτουν, ἀλλ’ οὖν αὐτονόμους ἀφῆκαν Ἀθήνας καί Λακεδαιμονίαν· ὅθεν ἔτι παρά Ἀθηναίοις καί τά κατά τούς Ἀρεοπαγίτας ἐπολιτεύετο. Καί τελεῖται μέν ἅπαντα τῆς σωτηριας τά δόγματα διά Παύλου τοῦ κρατίστου, παιδαγωγεῖται δέ διδασκαλικῶς ὁ Διονύσιος ὑπό Ἱεροθέῳ τῷ μεγίστῳ, καθά φησιν ὁ αὐτός· εἶτα καθίσταται κατά τό φερόμενον ἐν ἑβδόμῳ βιβλίῳ τῶν Ἀποστολικῶν διαταγμάτων ὁ Διονύσιος ἐπίσκοπος ὑπό Παύλου τοῦ χριστοφόρου τῶν ἐν Ἀθήνησι πιστευσάντων. Μνημονεύει δέ τοῦ Ἀρειοπαγίτου καί Διονύσιος ἀρχαῖος Κορινθίων ἐπίσκοπος, καί Πολύκαρπος ἐν τῇ πρός Ἀθηναίους ἐπιστολῇ αὐτοῦ. Ἔστι δέ τήν ὀρθότητα καί πολυμάθειαν ἀποθαυμάσαι τοῦ ἁγίου τούτου Διονυσίου, τόν ἀληθῶς διά πολλῆς ἠγμένον ἐπιστήμης τῶν ἀνεπιλήπτων τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παραδόσεων, θεάσασθαί τε τά παρά τοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφοις νόθα δόγματα πρός τήν ἀλήθειαν μετενηνεγμένα. Ἐλεῆσαι γάρ ἔστι μᾶλλον καί συναλγῆσαι τῆς ἀπροσεξίας τούς ὀλιγώρους τῆς εὐπαιδευσίας ἐξεταστάς, ὅτι τῇ σφῶν ἀμαθίᾳ συμμετροῦσι καί τάς τῶν ἑξῆς ἀνθρώπων φολομαθεῖς εὐθημοσύνας.

English

But at that time, while serving as a councillor among the Areopagites, as a most unwavering judge, the great Dionysius cast an unerring vote for the truth according to the Spirit-bearer Paul, and after bidding a long farewell to the foolish solemnity of the Areopagites, he immediately clung to the light, having understood the true and all-overseeing judge, Christ Jesus, the only-begotten Son and Word of God the Father, whom Paul proclaimed. For even though the Romans were then in power, they nevertheless left Athens and Lacedaemonia autonomous; hence even among the Athenians the affairs of the Areopagites were still administered as a constitution. And all the doctrines of salvation are accomplished through Paul, the most excellent, and Dionysius is instructed in a teaching manner by the greatest Hierotheus, as he himself says; then Dionysius is appointed bishop of those who believed at Athens by Paul the Christ-bearer, according to what is recorded in the seventh book of the Apostolic Constitutions. Dionysius, an ancient bishop of the Corinthians, also makes mention of the Areopagite, and Polycarp in his letter to the Athenians. And it is a thing to marvel at, the orthodoxy and great learning of this holy Dionysius, who was truly led through much knowledge of the blameless traditions of the Church, and to behold the spurious doctrines among the philosophers of the Greeks translated toward the truth. For it is more a matter for pity and shared grief over the heedlessness of those who are careless examiners of sound education, because they measure by their own ignorance also the much-learned good order of later men.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:110 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐντυγχάνοντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι συγγράμμασιν ἐνίων, καί τυχόν οὐ παρακολουθοῦντες τῇ τῶν λεγομένων διανοίᾳ, πρός ἀδιάκριτον εὐθύς ἐκφέρονται τοῦ συγγραφέως διαβολήν, καίτοι παντελῶς οὐ

δυνάμενοι τά σκώμματα διευθύνειν τε καί διελέγχειν ἅ φασιν αὐτοί, δέον ἐπί σφάς αὐτούς τρέπειν τήν ὀργήν, καί μᾶλλον ἀσχάλλειν, ὅτι μή σπουδάσαντες ἔγνωσαν καί αὐτοί τά περί γνῶσιν ἀνηγμένα· ἤ τἀληθές, ὅτι μή πρός τούς ἱκανούς περί τά τοιαῦτα φιλομαθῶς γεγονότες, τῶν ἀπορημάτων ἀπελύθησαν. Ἀλλά τολμῶσί τινες λοιδορεῖν εἰς αἱρέσεις τόν θεῖον Διονύσιον, καθάπαξ καί τά τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἀγνοοῦντες· ἦ γάρ ἄν, ἐξ ἐκάστου τῶν κατακεκριμένων ἐν τοῖς αἱρετίζουσι συγκρίνοντες, τά παρά τούτων δόγματα πολλῷ· τῶν φλαύρων ἀφεστηκότα διεγίνωσκον, καθόσον φῶς ἀληθές καί σκότος. Τί γάρ εἴποιεν ἐν τοῖς περί τῆς μόνης προσυνητῆς Τριάδος θεολογουμένοις παρ' αὐτῶ; Τί δ' ἄν περί τοῦ τῆς παμμακαρίας ταύτης Τριάδος ἑνός Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ μονογενοῦς Θεοῦ Λόγου τελείως ἐνανθρωπῆσαι θελήσαντος,· Οὐχί ψυχήν ἔννουν καί σῶμα τό καθ' ἡμᾶς γήϊνον διεξῆλθε καί τά λοιπά τά ὅσα, τοῖς ὀρθοῖς ἐντέτακται διδασκάλοις; Τί δέ περί νοητῶν καί νοερῶν καί τῶν αἰσθητῶν μέμψαιτ' ἄν τις εἰκότως, ἤ περί τῆς καθολικῆς ἡμῶν ἀναστάσεως τῆς μετά σώματος τοῦ καθ' ἡμᾶς καί τῆς ἡμῶν ψυχῆς γενησομένης, καί περί τῶν τότε δικαιωτηρίων, δικαίων τε καί τῶν μή τοιούτων; Εἰς τά γάρ, συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, ἡ καθ' ἡμᾶς ἀφορᾷ σωτηρία, ἅτινα πλατέως διεξελθεῖν οὐ δίκαιον, τῆς ἐπί σχολίων ἐξηγήσεως ἅπαντα κατά καιρόν ἐπισημαινομένης.

English

Such people, when they encounter the writings of certain authors and perhaps do not follow the thought of what is said, are immediately carried away to indiscriminate slander of the writer, although they are completely unable to set straight and refute the taunts that they themselves utter. They ought to turn their anger against themselves and rather be distressed that, not having been diligent, they did not themselves understand the things that have been raised up concerning knowledge; or, to speak the truth, that not having become fond of learning in the presence of those who are competent in such matters, they were not released from their perplexities. But some dare to revile the divine Dionysius as belonging to heresies, being altogether ignorant even of the things of the heretics. For otherwise, comparing from each of the things that have been condemned among those who hold heresies, they would have discerned that the doctrines of these men stand far apart from the base ones, as far as light from darkness. For what could they say concerning the things that are theologized in him about the alone-worshipped Trinity? What concerning the one Jesus Christ of this all-blessed Trinity, the only-begotten God the Word, who willed to become perfectly human? Did he not pass through a rational soul and a body earthly like ours, and all the other things that have been set down among the orthodox teachers? And what could anyone justly find fault with concerning intelligible and intellectual and sensible things, or concerning our universal resurrection that will come to be with a body like ours and with our soul, and concerning the judgments of that time, of the just and of those who are not such? For, to speak summarily, our salvation looks to these things, which it is not right to go through at length, since the explanation in the scholia marks them all out in due season.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:111 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ναί, φασίν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔγραψεν αὐτοῦ τάς συντάξεις Εὐσέβιος ὁ Παμφίλου, καί μήν οὐδ Ὠριγένης.

Πρός οὕς λεκτέον, ὡς πάμπολλα παρῆκεν Εὐσέβιος οὐκ ἐλθόντα περί χεῖρας οἰκείας· καί γάρ οὔτε φησίν ἅπαντα καθάπαξ συναγηοχέναι, μᾶλλόν γε μήν ὁμολογεῖ καί ἀριθμοῦ κρείττονα βιβλία καθεστάναι μηδαμῶς εἰς αὐτόν ἐληλυθότα· καί πολλῶν ἐδυνάμην μνημονεῦσαι μή κτηθέντων αὐτῷ, καί ταῦτα τῆς αὐτοῦ χώρας, ὡς Ὑμεναίου καί Ναρκίσσου τῶν ἱερασαμένων ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις. Ἐγώ γοῦν ἐνέτυχόν τισι τῶν Ὑμεναίου. Καί μήν οὔτε Πανταίνου τούς πόνους ἀνέγραψεν, οὔτε τοῦ Ρωμαίου Κλήμεντος, πλήν δύο καί μόνων ἐπιστολῶν, ἀλλ’ οὔτε πλείστων ἑτέρων. Ὁ γάρ Ὠριγένης, οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πάντων, μόλις δέ τεττάρων ἐμνήσθη. Διάκονος δέ τις Ρωμαῖος, Πέτρος ὄνομα, διηγήσατό μοι, πάντα τά τοῦ θείου Διονυσίου σώζεσθαι κατά τήν ἐν Ρώμῃ τῶν ἱερῶν βιβλιοθήκην ἀνατεθειμένα. Γράφει δέ τά πλεῖστα πρός τόν τρισμακάριον Τιμόθεον, τόν τοῦ ἁγίου ἀποστόλου Παύλου φοιτητήν, Ἐφεσίων ἐπίσκοπον, ὑπό τῶν κατά τήν Ἔφεσον τῆς Ἰωνικῆς φιλοσοφίας προεστώτων, ὡς εἰκός, πάσχοντα πράγματα, καί πυνθανόμενον, ὡς εἰδήμονος τῆς ἐξωτερικῆς φιλοσοφίας, ἵνα καί μᾶλλον ἀγωνίζοιτο· καί οὐδέν ἀπεικός· ἐπεί καί ὁ θεοφιλής ἀπόστολος Παῦλος ταῖς Ἑλλήνων ἐχρήσατο ρήσεσι, ταύτας ἀκούων τυχόν παρά τῶν συνόντων αὐτῷ, τῆς ἑλληνικῆς φιλοσοφίας ἐμπείρων. Συνίστησι δέ καί τοῦτο, Διονυσίου ταῦτα φιλαλήθως τά συγγράμματα καθεστάναι·

English

Yes, they say, but Eusebius of Pamphilus did not write his own treatises, and neither did Origen. To these we must say that Eusebius omitted very many works that did not come into his own hands; for he does not claim to have gathered absolutely all of them, but rather he acknowledges that there were books beyond number that had in no way come to him; and I could have mentioned many that he did not possess, and these from his own country, such as those of Hymenaeus and Narcissus who served as priests in Jerusalem. At any rate, I myself have encountered some of Hymenaeus's works. Moreover, he did not record the labors of Pantaenus, nor those of Clement of Rome, except only two letters, nor those of very many others. For Origen, I do not know if he mentioned all, but he barely mentioned four. A certain Roman deacon, Peter by name, related to me that all the works of the divine Dionysius are preserved, dedicated in the sacred library at Rome. He writes most of them to the thrice-blessed Timothy, the disciple of the holy apostle Paul, bishop of the Ephesians, who, as is likely, was suffering troubles at the hands of those who presided over the Ionian philosophy at Ephesus, and who inquired of him, as one knowledgeable in external philosophy, so that he might strive all the more; and this is nothing unreasonable, since the God-loving apostle Paul also used the sayings of the Greeks, perhaps hearing them from those with him who were experienced in Greek philosophy. This also establishes that these writings of Dionysius are genuinely his.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:112 · narrative
Source · Greek

τό γάρ ἀνεπιτηδεύτως μνημονεύειν αὐτόν ρήσεων τῶν συνακμασάντων αὐτῷ ἀνδρῶν, ὧν αἵ τε θεῖαι τῶν ἀποστόλων μνημονεύουσι ἐπιστολαί, τό τῶν συγγραμμάτων ἀσκευώρητον ἀποφαίνουσι· μάλιστα δέ πάντων τό τῶν δογμάτων ἀσφαλέστατον. Ἐπειδή δέ τινές φασι, μή εἶναι τοῦ ἁγίου τό σύγγραμμα, ἀλλά τινος τῶν μεταγενεστέρων, ἀνάγκη αὐτούς καί τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων τινά καί ἀτόπων αὐτόν τιθέναι, καταψευδόμενον τοιαῦτα ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς συνῆν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, καί ἐπέστελλεν οἷς οὐδέ συνεγένετό ποτε κατ' αὐτούς, οὐδέ ἐπέστειλε. Τό δέ καί πλάσασθαι προφητείαν πρός τόν ἀπόστολον Ἰωάννην ἐν ἐξορίᾳ ὄντᾳ ὡς ἐπανήξει πάλιν εἰς τήν Ἀσιάτιδα γῆν καί τά συνήθη διδάξει, τοῦτο τερατολόγου ἀνδρός καί προφήτου δόξαν ἐκμανῶς θηρωμένου.

Τό δέ καί λέγειν αὐτόν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους ἐν Ἡλιουπόλει συνόντα Ἀπολλοφάνει, θεωρεῖν καί συμφιλοσοφεῖν περί τῆς ἠλιακῆς ἐκλείψεως, ὡς οὐ κατά φύσιν οὐδέ κατά τό ἔθος τότε γεγενημένης, λέγειν δέ αὐτόν καί παρεῖναι σύν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις τῇ προκομιδῆ τοῦ λειψάνου τοῦ θείου τῆς ἁγίας θεοτόκου Μαρίας, καί χρήσεις προφέρειν Ἱεροθέου τοῦ ἰδίου διδασκάλου ἐκ τῶν εἰς αὐτήν ἐπιταφίων λόγων, πλάττεσθαι δέ καί ἐπιστολάς καί λόγους ὡς πρός τούς μαθητάς τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐκφωνηθέντας, πόσης ἀτοπίας καί καταγνώσεως καί τῷ τυχόντι ἀνθρώπῳ, μήτι γε δή ἀνδρί τοσοῦτον ἀνηγμένῳ κατά τε ἦθος καί γνῶσιν, καί τό ὑπεραίρειν τά αἰσθητά πάντα, καί τοῖς νοερεῖς συνάπτεσθαι κάλλεσι, καί δι' αὐτῶν ὡς ἐφικτόν Θεῷ!

English

For his unstudied mention of the sayings of the men who flourished at the same time as himself, whom the divine epistles of the apostles also mention, proves the unsophisticated character of his writings, and most of all the extreme soundness of his doctrines. But since some say that the treatise is not the holy man's but one of later generations, they must necessarily place in his work certain forbidden and absurd things, falsely attributing to him such claims as that he was with the apostles and wrote letters to those with whom he never associated in their own time, nor did he write. And also to fabricate a prophecy to the apostle John when he was in exile, that he would return again to the land of Asia and teach the customary things—this belongs to a man who marvel-mongers and madly hunts after the reputation of a prophet.

And also that he says that at the very time of the saving Passion, while he was at Heliopolis with Apollophanes, he observed and philosophized together about the solar eclipse, as though it had then occurred neither by nature nor according to custom; and that he says he was present with the apostles at the carrying-forth of the relic of the divine holy Mother of God Mary, and cites passages of Hierotheus his own teacher from the funeral orations composed for her; and that letters and discourses are fabricated as having been uttered to the disciples of the apostles—of how great an absurdity and condemnation, even for an ordinary man, let alone for a man raised to such a height in character and knowledge, and in transcending all things perceptible, and in being united to the intelligible beauties, and through them, as far as attainable, to God!

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:113 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐξηγητικῶν μέν οὖν ὑπομνημάτων ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα διεξοδικωτάτων ἐδεῖτο πρός ἑρμηνείαν τῆς αὐτοῦ πολυμαθείας· πλήν κεφαλαιωδέστερον, ὡς ἡ βίβλος ἐχώρησε, διά σχολίων, τά φανέντα μοι, Θεῷ πεποιθώς, παρατέθεικα κατά τούς ἑξῆς παρακειμένους λόγους, οὕς τέως εἰς τάς ἐμάς ἐλθεῖν συμβέβηκε χεῖρας. Ἰστέον ὥς τινες τῶν ἔξω φιλοσόφων, καί μάλιστα Πρόκλος, θεωρήμασι πολλάκις τοῦ μακαρίου Διονυσίου κέχρηται, καί αὐταῖς δέ ξηραῖς ταῖς λέξεσι· καί ἔστιν ὑπόνοιαν ἐκ τούτου λαβεῖν ὡς οἱ ἐν Ἀθήναις παλαιότεροι τῶν φιλοσόφων, σφετερισάμενοι τάς αὐτοῦ πραγματείας, ὡς ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀπομνημονεύει βίβλῳ, ἀπέκρυψαν, ἵνα πατέρες αὐτοί ὀφθῶσι τῶν θείων αὐτοῦ λογίων, καί κατ' οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ νῦν ἀνεφάνη ἡ παροῦσα πραγματεία πρός ἔλεγχον τῆς αὐτῶν κενοδοξίας καί ρᾳδιουργίας. Καί ὅτι σύνηθες αὐτοῖς τά ἡμέτερα σφετερίζεσθαι, διδάσκει ὁ θεῖος Βασίλειος εἰς τό, «Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος», ἐπ' αὐτῆς τῆς λέξεως οὑτωσί λέγων· 'Ταῦτα οἶδα πολλούς τῶν ἔξω τοῦ Λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας μεγάλα φρονούντων ἐπί σοφίᾳ κοσμικῇ, καί θαυμάσαντας καί τοῖς ἑαυτῶν συντάγμασιν ἐγκαταλέξαι τολμήσαντας· κλέπτης γάρ ὁ διάβολος καί τά ἡμέτερα ἐκφερομυθῶν πρός τούς ἑαυτοῦ ὑποφήτας’. Καί οὗτος μέν οὕτω, τά δέ Νουμενίου τοῦ Πυθαγορικοῦ προφανῶς λέγοντος, 'Τί γάρ ἐστι Πλάτων, ἤ Μωσῆς ἀττικίζων;' οὐδείς ἀρνήσασθαι δύναται, οὐχ ἡμετέρου, ἀλλά τῶν ἐναντίων ὄντος, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ καί Εὐσέβιος ὁ τῶν Παλαιστίνων Καισαρείας καθηγησάμενος, ὅτι 'Οὐ νῦν μόνον, ἀλλά καί πρό τῆς Χριστοῦ παρουσίας σύνηθες τοῖς ἔξω σοφίας τά ἡμέτερα κλέπτειν'.

English

Exegetical commentaries, as detailed as possible, were needed for the interpretation of his great learning; nevertheless, more summarily, as the book had room, I have set down in scholia what seemed to me, trusting in God, in accordance with the discourses set out in order below, which have for the time being happened to come into my hands. It should be known that certain of the philosophers outside the faith, and especially Proclus, have often used the theorems of the blessed Dionysius, and even his bare expressions themselves; and from this one may form the suspicion that the older philosophers in Athens, appropriating his treatises, as he records in the present book, concealed them, so that they might appear to be the fathers of his divine oracles; and by the dispensation of God the present treatise has now come to light for the refutation of their vainglory and fraud. And that it is customary for them to appropriate what is ours, the divine Basil teaches in his exposition of "In the beginning was the Word," speaking thus on that very phrase: "I know that many of those outside the Word of truth, who think great things of themselves for worldly wisdom, have admired these things and dared to include them in their own compositions; for the devil is a thief, and steals our things to tell them to his own spokesmen." Thus he. But since Numenius the Pythagorean plainly says, "What else is Plato but Moses speaking Attic?" no one can deny it, since he is not ours but of the opponents, as Eusebius also, who presided over Caesarea in Palestine, testifies, saying: "Not only now, but even before the coming of Christ, it was customary for those outside the wisdom to steal what is ours.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:114 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΟΥΡΑΝΙΑΣ ΙΕΡΑΡΧΙΑΣ ΕΞΗΓΗΣΗΣ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΓΡΑΦΗΣ Ἱεραρχίας: Ἐπειδή ἡ ἐπιγραφή ἱεραρχίαν ἔχει, καλεῖν εἴωθεν ἱεράρχας τούς ἐπισκόπους. Ἰστέον οὖν, ὅτι ἱεραρχία μέν ἐστιν ἡ τῆς διατάξεως αὐτῆς τῶν ἱερῶν ἀρχή καί οἱονεί φροντίς, καί ἱεράρχης ὁ τῶν ἱερῶν ἄρχων καί φροντίζων καί προνοῶν, οὐ μήν τῶν ἱερέων, ἀλλά ὁ τά ἱερά καί τήν κατάστασιν αὐτῶν τε καί τῆς ἐκκλησίας καί τῶν μυστηρίων διατάσσων, οὐ μήν ὁ ἀρχιερεύς. Ταύτην δέ τήν ἐξήγησιν καί αὐτός ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος κάτω παρατίθεται ἐν τῷ Περί τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱεραρχίας λόγῳ.

Ὁ πρεσβύτερος: Σημείωσαι, ὡς τό τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου ὄνομα καί τόν ἐπίσκοπον δηλοῖ, ἐπειδή πρεσβύτερός ἐστι καί ὁ ἐπίσκοπος· καί τοῦτο, δηλοῦται καί ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, ἔνθα ἐν Ἀσίᾳ συντάσσεται ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις αὐτῆς ὁ ἅγιος ἀπόστολος Παῦλος.

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Α'

§ 1. Πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθή: Σημείωσαι ὅτι κέχρηται ὁ μακάριος Διονύσιος τῇ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰακώβου καθολικῇ ἐπιστολῇ· ἐκεῖθεν γάρ ἐστι τό ρητόν· καί ὅτι ἐκδοθεῖσα ἦν ἤδη.

English

ON THE EXPLANATION OF THE INSCRIPTION OF THE WORK ON THE HEAVENLY HIERARCHY, "Hierarchy": Since the inscription contains "hierarchy," he is accustomed to call bishops "hierarchs." It must be understood, then, that a hierarchy is the principle, and as it were the care, of the ordering of the sacred things themselves, and a hierarch is one who rules over and cares for and provides for the sacred things—not, indeed, those of the priests, but the one who orders the sacred things and the constitution both of them and of the church and of the mysteries, not, however, the high priest. This explanation the great Dionysius himself also sets out below in the discourse On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy.

The presbyter: Note that the name of "presbyter" also signifies the bishop, since the bishop is also a presbyter; and this is made clear also in the Acts of the holy apostles, where the holy apostle Paul is appointed to the churches of Asia.

ON CHAPTER 1

§ 1. Every good gift: Note that the blessed Dionysius has made use of the catholic epistle of Saint James; for the saying is from there; and that it had already been published.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:115 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί γάρ ἐξ αὐτοῦ: Ταῦτα περί τοῦ Υἱοῦ θεολογεῖ. § 2. Πατροπαραδότου: Πατέρας ἐνταῦθα δηλοῖ τούς παραδόντας αὐτῷ τό δόγμα, οὐ μήν τούς φυσικούς· ἐξ Ἑλλήνων γάρ ἦν, ὡς δηλοῦσιν αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, καί αὐτός μέντοι ἐν τῇ πρός τόν ἅγιον Πολύκαρπον ἐπιστολῇ καί ἐν τῷ θ' κεφαλαίῳ τῷ Περί τῆς οὐρανίου ἱεραρχίας. Συμβολικῶς: Οὐ γάρ φυσιολογικῶς φησιν, ἀλλά διά συμβόλων τινῶν καί εἰκόνων.

α'. Νοῶν: Νόας καλοῦσι καί οἱ παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλόσσοφοι τάς νοεράς, ἤτοι ἀγγελικάς δυνάμεις· ἐπειδή τό πᾶν νοῦς ἐστιν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν, καί τήν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν νοῦν ζῶντα εἰς τό εἶδος τό ἑαυτῶν οὐσιωμένον ἔχει· νόες καλοῦνται πρός τό εὐφωνότερον τῆς κλίσεως γενομένης· ἐπειδή ἐχρῆν ἀπό τοῦ ὁ νοῦς, τοῦ νοῦ, τό πληθυντικόν οἱ νοῖ εἶναι, ἀλλά διά τήν εὐφωνίαν ἐξ ἄλλης εὐθείας ἑνικῆς γέγονεν οἱ νόες· ἔθος γάρ τοῦτο Ἀττικοῖς, οἵ φασιν, Ἀριστοφάναι καί Σωκράται, ἀντί τοῦ οἱ Αριστοφάνεις καί οἱ Σωκράτεις. Εἰσί δέ καί λέγοντες οἱ νόοι, ὡς ἀπό τοῦ ὁ νόος, τοῦ νόου· καλεῖ δέ αὐτούς καί ἡ Γραφή τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ, ὡς ἐν Ἠσαΐᾳ· Νοῦς μέγας ὁ ἄρχων Βαβυλῶνος, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ὁ διάβολος· κατά Ἴωνας τοίνυν νοῦς, νοός, νόες, ὡς χροῦς, χροός, οἱ χρόες· Ἰωνική γάρ ἡ κλίσις. Ὑπεράρχιον: Ὑπεράρχιος ὁ Θεός, ὡς ὑπέρ πᾶσαν ἀρχήν καί θεαρχικόν φῶς, ὡς ἀρχή τῶν λεγομένων θεῶν, ἀγγέλων φημί καί ἀνθρώπων δικαίων. β'. Ἐνδότητος: Ἐνδότητά φησι τήν κρυφιότητα· πᾶσι γάρ τοῖς ἔξω αὐτῆς ἄγνωστός ἐστι.

English

For this too is from him: he theologizes these things about the Son. § 2. Handed down from the fathers: here he means the fathers who handed down the doctrine to him, not his natural parents; for he was from the Greeks, as the Acts of the holy apostles show, and he himself indeed in the letter to Saint Polycarp and in the ninth chapter of On the Heavenly Hierarchy. Symbolically: for he does not speak physiologically, but through certain symbols and images.

1. Understandings: The philosophers among the Greeks too call the intellectual, that is, the angelic, powers "noes"; since each of them is wholly intellect, and has its entire essence as a living intellect, substantiated into its own form; they are called "noes" because the inflection was made for the sake of euphony; for it ought to have been, from ho nous, tou nou, the plural hoi noi, but for the sake of euphony it has come from another nominative singular, hoi noes; for this is a custom of the Attic writers, who say "Aristophane" and "Sokrate" instead of hoi Aristophaneis and hoi Sokrateis. There are also those who say hoi nooi, as from ho noos, tou noou; and Scripture also calls them by this name, as in Isaiah: "The great intellect, the ruler of Babylon," that is, the devil; according to the Ionians, then, nous, noos, noes, as chrous, chroos, hoi chroes; for the inflection is Ionic. Supra-archic: God is supra-archic, as above every principality and as a thearchic light, as the principle of those called gods—I mean angels and righteous men. 2. Of profundity: he calls profundity hiddenness; for it is unknown to all who are outside it.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:116 · narrative
Source · Greek

γ'. Σύγκρασιν: Σημείωσαι τήν σύγκρασιν· καί διά τί τό θεῖον ἕν ὄν πληθύνεται.

Παραπετασμάτων: Παραπετάσματά φησι τά σωματικῶς περί Θεοῦ λεγόμενα ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, οἷον μελῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, ἤ δυνάμεών τινων ὀνομασίας, Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι σαρκί ὄντας κατοπτεῦσαι τά ἄϋλα καί ἀσώματα· καί τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἐδήλου τά ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ παραπετάσματα, ὡς ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεται. Συμφυῶς: Ἀντί τοῦ ὁμοφυῶς, συγγενῶς.

§ 3. Ἡ τελετάρχις: Τελετή λέγεται κατά τούς τῶν Ἐλλήνων φιλοσόφους ἡ μετάδοσις τῶν μυστηρίων, ἅτε τελειοῦσα τόν μυούμενον καί τελειωτική τυγχάνουσα τῶν προσιόντων τοῖς τοιούτοις. Τελετάρχις οὖν ἱεροθεσία ἡ θεία τῆς τῶν ἱερῶν μυστηρίων ἡμῶν διακοσμήσεως θέσις καί παράθεσις, ἀρχή γενομένη ἐκ Θεοῦ διά τῶν ἀποστόλων τῶν τελειωτικῶν τούτων ἀγαθῶν· τούς γάρ μεμυημένους τελείους καλεῖ ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος Παῦλος λέγων· «ὅσοι οὖν τέλειοι, τοῦτο φρονῶμεν».

Ὑπερκοσμίου: Τό δέ ὑπερκοσμίου οὐκ αἰσθητῶς νοητέον, ἀλλά νοητῶς καί ὑπέρ τόν καθ' ἡμᾶς κόσμον. Σημείωσαι δέ, τίνα λέγει τά σχήματα καί τάς μορφωτικάς συνθέσεις, ἤγουν εἰκονίσματα, ἅπερ ἑξῆς παρατίθεται. Πλάσεων: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι πλασματώδεις φησί τάς ἐνταῦθα μυστικάς παραδόσεις, ἅς ἐν τῷ Περί τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱεραρχίας λόγῳ ἀναπτύσσει· τοῦτο δέ θεοπρεπῶς ἐκληπτέον· πρός μέν οὖν τό 'μορφωτικαῖς' τό πλάσεων ἀποδοτέον, πρός δέ τό 'συνθέσει' τό ἁπλᾶς καί ἀτυπώτους. Ὑλαία: Ὑλαίαν χειραγωγίαν φησί τό διά τῶν ὑλικῶν λεγομένων πρός τήν ἔννοιαν ἀνάγεσθαι τῶν ὑπέρ αἴσθησιν.

English

3. "Fusion": Note the fusion; and why the divine, being one, is multiplied.

"Veils": He calls "veils" the things said bodily about God in the Scriptures, such as the names of human limbs, or of certain powers. Note that while in the flesh we behold the immaterial and incorporeal; and this is what the veils in the tabernacle indicated more clearly, as he hints here. "Naturally": in the sense of "of the same nature," "akin."

§ 3. "The initiatrix": Among the philosophers of the Greeks, "initiation" (teletē) is the transmission of the mysteries, inasmuch as it perfects the one being initiated and is perfective of those who approach such things. "Initiatrix," then, is the sacred institution, the divine establishing and arrangement of our dispensation of the sacred mysteries, having its beginning from God through the apostles of these perfective goods; for the divine apostle Paul calls the initiated "perfect," saying: "As many of us, then, as are perfect, let us think this."

"Supramundane": "Supramundane" must be understood not sensibly but intelligibly, and beyond the world that is ours. Note what he means by "figures" and "formative compositions," that is, images, which he sets out next. "Of formations": Note that he calls the mystical traditions here "formative," which he unfolds in the discourse On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy; and this must be understood in a manner befitting God. "Of formations" is to be referred to "formative," and "simple and unformed" to "composition." "Material": He calls "material guidance" the being led up through things called material to the understanding of things beyond sense.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:117 · narrative
Source · Greek

Φαινόμενα: Φαινόμενα δέ κάλλη τάς τῶν ἱερῶν οἴκων διακοσμήσεις λέγει, καί διεξοδικάς μαθητείας τάς τῶν ἁγίων Γραφῶν ἀναγνώσεις· διακοσμήσεων δέ τάξεις τούς τῶν ἱερέων βαθμούς. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τά ὁρώμενα κάλλη εἰκόνες εἰσί τῶν ἀοράτων διακόσμων, ὡς δηλοῖ καί ὁ Ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ πρός Ἐβραίους, τά περί τῆς σκηνῆς θεωρῶν, καί Μωϋσῆς ἀκούων, «πάντα κατά τόν τύπον τόν δειχθέντα σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει ποίησον».

Τάς διεξοδικάς: Διεζοδικαί εἰσι μαθητεῖαι αἱ διά τῶν ὁρωμένων καί διά πραγμάτων πλατύτεραι ἀποδείξεις τῶν νοητῶν ἑνιαίως καί ἀθρόως ταῖς νοήσεσιν ἐπιβαλλόντων.

Ἕξεως: Ἐκεῖ ἕξεις εἰσί τά θεῖα διατάττουσαι· ἕξις δέ ἐστι ποιότης ἔμμονος. Ἐνταῦθα δέ καί ἐκκλησιαστικαί τάξεις τάς ἕξεις, ἅτε ἀσωμάτους, ἐξοικονίζουσιν· αἱ γάρ ἕξεις ἀσωμάτων εἰσί. Σημειωτέον, ὅτι ἡ παρ ' ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τελουμένη ἱερατική μυσταγωγία μίμησίς ἐστι τῆς οὐρανίου ἱεραρχίας. Ὑπερκοσμίως: Τό ὑπερκοσμίως οὐκ αἰσθητῶς νοητέον, ἀλλά νοητῶς καί ὑπέρ τόν καθ' ἡμᾶς κόσμον.

English

Visible beauties: He calls "visible beauties" the adornments of the sacred houses, and "detailed instructions" the readings of the holy Scriptures; and "orders of adornments" the ranks of the priests. Note that the visible beauties are images of the invisible adornments, as the Apostle also makes clear in the Epistle to the Hebrews, contemplating the things concerning the tabernacle, and Moses hearing, "Make everything according to the pattern shown to you on the mountain."

Detailed instructions: Detailed instructions are the teachings that come through visible things and through matters—broader demonstrations of intelligible realities that present themselves to the thoughts in a unified and collective manner.

States: There, "states" are the divine realities that order things; and a state is a permanent quality. But here, ecclesiastical orders also represent states, insofar as they are incorporeal; for states belong to incorporeal beings. It should be noted that the priestly initiation accomplished among us humans is an imitation of the heavenly hierarchy. Supramundanely: "Supramundanely" must be understood not sensibly, but intelligibly and beyond the world that is ours.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:118 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἱερογραφικαῖς: Τουτέστιν ἐν τοῖς ἱερῶς περί αὐτῶν συντεθεῖσι λόγοις ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς.

Ἡμᾶς ἀνάγοι: Σημειωτέον, πῶς ἀναγόμεθα εἰς θεολογίας, καί ὅτι ὁ Χριστός ἡμᾶς ἀνάγει.

Ἀκρότητας: Οὐδέν ὡς ἔτυχεν ὠνόμασται παρά τοῦ μακαρίου τούτου, ἀλλά πολυμαθῶς καί κυρίως μετά τῆς εὐσεβείας· ἐπειδή οὖν τήν παρ' ἡμῖν ἱεράν διάταξιν διά συμβόλων ὑλαίων καί ἐξοδικῶν καί πλάσεων εἶπε τελεῖσθαι πρός τόν ἡμῖν ἐφικτόν τύπον, οὖσαν καί μίμημα τῆς παρ' ἀγγέλοις ἱερᾶς διακοσμήσεως, εἰκότως τήν παρ' ἐκείνοις ἱεροφαντίαν ἀκρότητα κέκληκεν· ἀκρότητα γάρ εἱώθασι καλεῖν οἱ περί ταῦτα σχολάσαντες ἑκάστης οὐσίας τό καθαρώτατον καί ἐξ οὗ ἤρτηται προσεχῶς, τουτέστιν ἐχομένως, ἡ οὐσία· ὡς φέρε εἰπεῖν, ψυχῆς ἀκρότης ὁ νοῦς αὐτῆς ὁ καθαρώτατος, καί ἔρωτος ἀκρότης ὁ τῶν ἀναβεβηκότων καί θειοτάτων διάπυρος ἔρως· καί τῆς καθ' ἡμᾶς οὖν ἱεραρχίας καί μυστηριώδους διακοσμήσεως ἀκρότης τό καθαρώτατον αὐτῆς, ἐξ οὗ ἀνῆπται, καί τό ἐγγύς συντεῖνον ἀϋλίας· τό οὖν ἀκραιφνέστατον ἐν ἡμῖν σύμβολον, ἡ ἀκρότης τῶν ἀτυπώτων καί ἁπλῶν καί ἀσωμάτων μυστηρίων, ᾖ ἡ ἱεραρχία συναπτομένη ἐπιβατεύει, οἱονεί τῇ παρά ἀνθρώποις ἱεροφαντίᾳ· καί διά τῶν εἰκόνων ἀνάγει ἐπί τά καθαρά θεάματα τῆς νοητῆς τελετῆς ἀκρότητος λεγομένης εἰκότως τῶν ἐνθάδε σωματικῶν τε καί ὑλοειδῶν.

English

In sacred writings: that is, in the words composed about them in a sacred manner in the Scriptures.

May He lead us up: It should be noted how we are led up to theologies, and that Christ leads us up.

Summits: Nothing has been named by this blessed man in a random way, but learnedly and properly, with piety. Since, then, he said that the sacred order among us is accomplished through material symbols and processions and formations, to the extent of the type attainable by us, being also an imitation of the sacred order among the angels, he has reasonably called the sacred manifestation among them a "summit." For those who have devoted themselves to these matters are accustomed to call the "summit" of each essence its purest part, and that from which the essence depends immediately—that is, directly. For example, the summit of the soul is its purest intellect, and the summit of love is the ardent love of those who have ascended and are most divine. And so the summit of the hierarchy and mystical order among us is its purest part, from which it is suspended, and that which tends near to incorporeality. Therefore the most undefiled symbol among us, the summit of the unformed and simple and incorporeal mysteries, to which the hierarchy, being joined, mounts as it were upon the sacred manifestation among humans; and through the images it leads up to the pure visions of the intelligible rite, which is reasonably called the summit of the bodily and material things here.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:119 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Β' § 1. α'. Ἐκφαντορίαν: Ἐκφαντορίαν λέγει τήν ἐξάγγελσιν· πρόδηλον δέ, ὅτι τήν διά συμβόλων καί τύπων, ἅτινα καί πλάσματα εἶπεν· ἁπλότητα δέ τό τῆς φύσεως ἄϋλον.

β'. Ἠπίστατο γάρ, ὅτι ἀνυμνῶν τούς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἱερούς νόας, ὡς αὐτός φησι κατά τήν Γραφήν, ἀνάγκην εἶχεν εἰπεῖν περί ζώων θηριομόρφων καί ἀετῶν καί τῶν ἄλλων οἷς ἀπεικάζουσιν αἱ θεῖαι Γραφαί τάς ἀρχαγγελικάς δυνάμεις· λέγει γάρ· «ἵνα μή καί ἡμεῖς, ὡς οἱ πολλοί, νομίζωμεν ἀνιέρως μή ἔχειν ἐξήγησιν τάς τῶν πολυπροσώπων καί πολυπόδων τάξεις ἐν οὐρανοῖς»· ταύτας οὖν διασαφῆσαι προῄρηται κατά τήν τῶν ἱερῶν λογίων ἐκφαντορίαν. Ἀτεχνῶς: Μεγάλως, ἤ παντοίως, ἤ ἀληθῶς, ἤ ἁπλῶς.

γ'. Ποιητικαῖς: Ὅτι καί ποιητικαῖς τισι πλάσεσιν ἐχρήσατο ἡ Γραφή πρός χειραγωγίαν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης διανοίας, ἀλλ’ ὡς οὐ δυναμένης τήν τῶν μειζόνων παραλαβεῖν διδασκαλίαν· ἐοικέναι γάρ τά οὐράνια σύμβολα τοῖς παρά ποιηταῖς φανταζομένοις, ὡς ὁ ἱερός ἀνήρ οὗτός φησι (ποιητάς δέ νόησον ἤ τούς παρ' Ἕλλησι θαυμαζομένους, οἷον Ὅμηρον, Ἡσίοδον, καί τούς ἑξῆς), ἤ ποιητικαῖς ὡσανεί πλαστικαῖς ὑποτυπώσεσιν. Εἰδυῖα γάρ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφή συγκατάβασις τόν ἡμέτερον νοῦν ἀσθενῆ καί πρός ὑφηλοτέραν θεωρίαν ἀνεπιτηδείως ἔχοντα, ἀναγωγήν αὐτῷ συμφυῆ πλασαμένη, οὕτω τάς ἀρχαγγελικάς εἰς φανερόν ἤγαγε διακοσμήσεις, οὐχ ὅπως ἔχουσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ διασαφήσασα, ἀλλ' ὅπως ἡμεῖς δυνάμεθα καταλαβεῖν· μηδέν οὖν ἀνοίκειον φαντάζου τῶν οὐρανίων. § 2. Συνθέσεις: Συνθέσεις φησί τάς εἰρημένας πλάσεις καί σχηματοποιίας.

English

On Chapter 2, §1. a. Manifestation: He calls the declaration a manifestation; and it is clear that it is the declaration through symbols and types, which he also called figures; and simplicity is the immateriality of nature.

b. For he knew that in hymning the sacred minds in the heavens, as he himself says according to the Scripture, he necessarily had to speak about beast-shaped animals and eagles and the other things to which the divine Scriptures liken the archangelic powers; for he says: "lest we too, like the many, impiously suppose that the ranks of the many-faced and many-footed beings in the heavens have no explanation"; these, then, he has chosen to clarify according to the manifestation of the sacred oracles. Artlessly: greatly, or in every way, or truly, or simply.

c. Poetic: That the Scripture also used certain poetic figures for the guidance of the human mind, but as being unable to receive the teaching of greater things; for the heavenly symbols are like the things imagined by the poets, as this sacred man says (and understand poets to mean either those admired among the Greeks, such as Homer, Hesiod, and those after them), or poetic, as it were formative, sketches. For the wise condescension of God, knowing our mind to be weak and unsuited to a loftier contemplation, fashioned for it a connatural elevation, and thus brought the archangelic orders into the open, not clarifying them as they are in truth, but as we are able to comprehend; therefore imagine nothing incongruous among the heavenly things. §2. Combinations: He calls combinations the aforementioned figures and shapings.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:120 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν: Ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν, τουτέστιν ὡς ἔχουσι φύσεως, ἄγνωστοι ἡμῖν, φησί, καί ἀθεώρητοι ὑπάρχουσιν.

Ἀπότομον: Ἀπότομον, οἶμαι, λέγειν αὐτόν τήν ξένην, καί οἷον τῶν συνήθων ἀποτετμημένην ὁδόν καί πλάσιν· διό καί σκηνήν αὐτήν ὀνομάζει, σαφηνίζων οὐκ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τάς ἀναγεγραμμένας τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων μορφάς· οὔτε γάρ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν, οἵους αὐτούς ἡ ἱερά παραδίδωσι Γραφή, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡμεῖς ἐφικώμεθα τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῶν. Αὐτός δέ ὁ θεῖος Διονύσιος πειρᾶται συμβάλλειν τά εἰρημένα περί αὐτῶν καί δεικνύειν, ὅτι δυνατόν δι' ἀναπτύξεως οὕτω νοεῖν τάς ἀγγελικάς διακοσμήσεις, ὡς εἴρηται. Ἀΰλων ποσῶς: Ποσῶς ἀΰλων, τουτέστιν μερικῶς οὐ γάρ πάντῃ ἀΰλων· ὑπερκειμένας δέ οὐσίας οὐρανόν καί τά κατ' οὐρανόν λέγει, οἷον ἀστέρας· τό γάρ λεπτομερέστατον αὐτῶν καί μονοούσιον ἐγγύς ἐστί πως ἀϋλίας. Θεοειδέσιν: Θεοειδεῖς ἁπλότητάς φησι τάς νοητάς οὐσίας· ἄϋλοι γάρ οὐσίαι καί ἀσύνθετοι πάντως εἰσίν, οὐκ οὖσαι κρᾶμα καί σύγκριμα τῶν στοιχείων· τά γάρ σώματα ἐκ τούτων, ἐκεῖνοι δέ ἀσώματοι.

English

In themselves: "In themselves," that is, as they possess a nature, he says, they are unknown to us and remain unobservable.

Abrupt: "Abrupt," I think, he means the strange and, as it were, cut off from customary things—the path and formation; therefore he also calls it a tabernacle, clarifying that the recorded forms of the holy angels are not true; for they are not in truth such as the sacred Scripture hands them down, but [this is] so that we may attain to their majesty. But the divine Dionysius himself attempts to bring together the things said about them and to show that it is possible through unfolding to understand the angelic orders in this way, as has been said. Partially immaterial: "Partially immaterial," that is, in part; for they are not wholly immaterial. But he calls "heaven" and the things in heaven, such as the stars, transcendent essences; for their most finely divided and single-substance nature is somehow near to immateriality. Godlike: He calls the intelligible essences "godlike simplicities"; for they are immaterial essences and altogether uncompounded, not being a mixture and combination of the elements; for bodies are from these, but those are incorporeal.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:121 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐνιζάνον: Ἐγκαθίζον καί ἐναπομένειν ποιοῦν. Λεοντείων: Αὕται αἱ μορφαί τῶν θείων καί ἁγίων χερουβίμ καί παρά τῷ θείῳ Ἰεζεκιήλ καί παρά τῷ θεσπεσίῳ Ἰωάννῃ ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ἀνεγράφησαν. Ἐσμῶν: Ἐσμός ἐστι τό συμπεπληρωμένον πλῆθος. Καί τό ὀρνιθείας. Οἷον ὀρνιθοειδοῦς μορφῆς καί ἐξ ὀρνίθων. Ζώων: Ζῶα ἄλλα φησίν, οἷον ἵππους, ἡμιόνους, καί τά τοιαῦτα, ὕλας δέ ἀτιμοτέρας, οἷον θρόνους ὡς ἐκ ξύλων, καί τροχούς, καί ρομφαίας ἐκ σιδήρου, ὡς τήν ρομφαίαν τήν ἐξεσπασμένην ἐπί τόν Βαλαάμ, καί ἥν εἶδεν ὁ Δαβίδ, ὡς ἐν ταῖς Βασιλείαις εἴρηται, βιβλίῳ β', καί ἅρματα ὡς ξύλινα. Ἐμπαθές: Ἐμπαθές λέγει, ἐπειδή τό λεοντόμορφον θυμικόν τι σημαίνει, καί τό μόσχειον εἴδος ἐπιθυμητικόν, ἅτινα πάθη καί μεγάλα ὑπάρχουσιν. Ὁμοιότητας δέ φησι τάς ὁμοιωτικάς ὑπονοίας· τοιγαροῦν λέγει ὁ Ἰεζεκιήλ, ὡς ὁμοίωμα ἑωρακέναι τοῦ θρόνου· καί ὁμοίωμα λέοντος, ὅπερ δηλοῖ τήν πλασματώδη τῶν δοκούντων φαντασίαν· διό κἀνταῦθα εἴρηται, 'ἀνόμοιοι ὁμοιότητες'· οὐ γάρ πάντας ὁμοίους ὁρᾷ ὁ προφήτης, ἀλλά τούς μέν τοιώσδε, τούς δέ τοιώσδε· ἀλλά καί ἀνόμοιοί εἰσι παντελῶς, οἷς δοκοῦσιν εἶναι ὅμοιοι· οὐδέν γάρ λέοντος ἤ μόσχου ἤ τῶν ἑξῆς ἀληθῶς ἔχουσι· τί δέ δηλοῖ τό ἀνόμοιον, ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς εὑρήσεις. Ἀλλ' ἡ: Ἀπολογητικῶς.

English

Enizanon: Settling in and causing to remain. Leontion: These forms of the divine and holy cherubim were also recorded by the divine Ezekiel and by the inspired John in the Apocalypse. Esmon: An esmos is a completed multitude. And "of birds" — that is, of bird-like form and from birds. Of animals: He calls "animals" others, such as horses, mules, and the like, and less honorable materials, such as thrones as if from wood, and wheels, and swords from iron, like the sword drawn against Balaam, and the one David saw, as is said in the Books of Kingdoms, the second book, and chariots as if wooden. Passible: He says "passible" because the lion-form signifies something spirited, and the calf-form the desiring part, which are passions and great ones. And he calls "likenesses" the assimilative conjectures; therefore Ezekiel says that he saw a likeness of the throne, and a likeness of a lion, which indicates the fictive imagination of things that seem to appear; wherefore it is also said here, "dissimilar likenesses"; for the prophet does not see all as alike, but some in one way, others in another; but they are also wholly dissimilar to those whom they seem to be like; for they have nothing truly of a lion or a calf or the rest. But what the dissimilar means, you will find in what follows. But the: By way of defense.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:122 · narrative
Source · Greek

α'. Ὡς μήτε εἰς τά θείας: Ἐπαγγέλλεται διά τῆς ἰδίας ἑρμηνείας δεικνύειν ἑκάτερον, ὡς μήτε δόξαι ὑβρίζεσθαι τά οὐράνια, μήτε ἡμᾶς εἰς χαμαιζήλους ταπεινότητας ἐμπαγῆναι περί τῶν ἐν ἀγγέλοις λεγομένων ζώων.

β'. Εἰκότως προβέβληνται: Διά τί σύμβολα τῶν ἀτυπώτων οἱ τύποι καί τῶν ἀμορφώτων αἱ μορφαί, ἐνταῦθά φησιν.

Ἀσχηματίστων: Ἀντί τοῦ ἀμορφώτων.

γ'. Ἀμέσως: Τουτέστι μή διά μέσων τῶν τύπων, ἀλλ’ ἀθρόως καί κατά πρώτην ἐπιβολήν· τό δέ 'προτείνουσι ' ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ προτιθέασι, καί προβάλλονται.

δ'. Μορφώσεις: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τά ἀσώματα ἀμόρφωτά εἰσιν· ὅταν οὖν ἀκούσῃς περί τοῦ ὑπερουσίου, «ὅς ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων», τό ἀπαράλλακτον πρός τόν ἑαυτοῦ Πατέρα νόησον· τοῦτο γάρ δηλοῖ καί ἡ εἰκών τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου καί τό, «ὁ ἑωρακώς ἐμέ, ἑώρακε τόν Πατέρα», Οὕτω καί ὁ ἅγιος Βασίλειος ἑρμηνεύει ἐν τῷ πρός τόν οἰκεῖον ἀδελφόν λόγῳ τῷ περί διαφορᾶς οὐσίας καί ὑποστάσεως. § 3. Ὡς διττός ἐστι τῆς ἱερᾶς: Ὅτι κατά δύο τρόπους ὑμνεῖται τό θεῖον· ἤ ὡς ὅμοιον πᾶσι· πάντα γάρ ἐν αὐτῷ συνίσταται· ἤ ὡς ἀνόμοιον· οὐδέν γάρ ἐστι τῶν ὅλων.

English

1. That neither to the divine things: He promises through his own interpretation to demonstrate each point, so that neither the heavenly things may seem to be insulted, nor we be sunk into lowly abasements regarding the living creatures spoken of among the angels.

2. With good reason have been set forth: Why are types symbols of the untypified, and forms of the formless? He says this here.

Of the unshaped: In place of "of the formless."

3. Immediately: That is, not through intermediate types, but suddenly and at the first impulse; and "they extend" is the same as "they set before" and "they set forth."

4. Formations: Note that incorporeal beings are formless; when, then, you hear concerning the supersubstantial one, "who being in the form of God," understand the exact likeness to his own Father; for this is what the image of the invisible God also declares, and "he who has seen me has seen the Father." Thus also Saint Basil interprets it in his discourse to his own brother concerning the difference of essence and hypostasis. § 3. That twofold is the sacred: That the divine is hymned in two ways: either as like all things—for all things subsist in him—or as unlike—for he is nothing of all things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:123 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διά τῶν ἀνομοίων: Ὅτι δι' ὁμοίων καί ἀνομοίων πλάττονται οἱ τύποι· καί πῶς πλάττονται, ὧδέ φησιν.

Ποτέ μέν ὡς λόγον: Κατά τι λέγεται λόγος καί νοῦς ὁ Θεός· ἐν τῷ, «τίς ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου;», καί ἐν τῷ, «καί ἐγένετο λόγος Κυρίου πρός με λέγων», καί τά ἑξῆς. Λογιότητα δέ φησιν ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐχ ὅτι λογικόν θέλει δηλῶσαι τόν Θεόν, ὡς μετέχοντα λόγου (τοῦτο γάρ ἐμφαίνει), ἀλλ’ ὅτι αὐτολογιότης ἐστίν, ὅλος λόγος ὤν· οὐσίαν δέ λέγουσιν ἐπί Θεοῦ, ὅταν εἴπωσιν· «ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν, καί ὁ ὤν ἀπέσταλκέ με· σύ δέ ὁ αὐτός εἶ»· ἀπό γάρ τοῦ εἶναι καί τοῦ ὄντος ἡ οὖσα, καί τό παράγωγον οὐσία, ἡ ὕπαρξις.

Καί ζωήν: Ὅτι οὔτε ζωή, οὔτε φῶς, οὔτε νοῦς, οὔτε οὐσία κυρίως λέγεται ὁ Θεός, ἀλλ’ αἰτιολογικῶς· ἔστι γάρ καί ὑπέρ ταῦτα καί οὐχ οἷα ταῦτα. Ἀόρατον αὐτήν: Ὅτι τά κατά ἀπόφασιν λεγόμενα ἐπί Θεοῦ, οἷον ἀόρατος, ἄπειρος, καί τά τοιαῦτα, ἀνόμοιά εἰσι· δηλοῦσι γάρ οὐ τί ἐστιν, ἀλλά τί οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεός· οὕτω καί ὁ θεολόγος Γρηγόριος.

English

Through dissimilar things: That the types are formed both through similar and through dissimilar things; and how they are formed, he says as follows.

Sometimes as reason: God is said to be reason and mind in a certain respect, in the passage "Who has known the mind of the Lord?" and in "And the word of the Lord came to me, saying," and the like. But he speaks of rationality in the case of God, not because he wishes to show that God is rational, as partaking of reason (for this is what it would indicate), but because he is rationality itself, being wholly reason. And they speak of substance in the case of God when they say, "I am the one who is, and the one who is has sent me; you are the same" — for from "to be" and "the one who is" comes "the one who is," and the derivative "substance," that is, existence.

And life: That neither life, nor light, nor mind, nor substance is said of God properly, but by way of causality; for he is also beyond these and not such as these. Invisible itself: That the things said of God by way of negation, such as invisible, infinite, and the like, are dissimilar; for they show not what God is, but what God is not — as also Gregory the Theologian.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:124 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀνόητον: Ἀνόητόν φησιν οὐ τό ἠλίθιον, ἀλλά τό μή νοούμενον ὑπό τινος· ἀόριστος δέ ὁ Θεός, ὡς ὅρῳ μηδενί ὑποπίπτων, ἀλλ’ αὐτός πάντων ὅρος ὤν καί τά πάντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὁρίζων, ὅρῳ δέ οὐχ ὑποπίπτει· διότι οἱ μέν ὅροι ἐκ τῶν καταφάσεων σύγκεινται, αἱ δέ καταφάσεις ἐπί Θεοῦ ἀνάρμοστοι, ὡς ψευδόμεναι· ὑπέρ γάρ ταύτας ὁ Θεός, ὡς οὐκ ὤν οὐσία, ἀλλ' ὑπέρ οὐσίαν. Αἱ ἀποφάσεις: Οὐ μόνον ἐπί Θεοῦ, ἀλλά καί ἐπί τῶν θείων ἀπάντων, τουτέστιν ἐπί τῶν μετᾴ Θεόν νοητῶν πάντων, καί τάς ἀποφάσεις ἀληθεῖς εἶναί φησι, καί τάς καταφάσεις ἀναρμοδίους. Ἀναρμόδιοι μέν οὖν εἰσιν αἱ καταφάσεις, ὅταν εἴπωμεν ἤ τόν Θεόν ἤ τάς νοεράς δυνάμεις, ζωήν ἤ φῶς· οὔτε γάρ ζωή τοιαύτη τίς ἐστιν, ὡς διά εἰσπνοίας καί ἐκπνοίας ζῇν, οὔτε φῶς τό φαινόμενον καί ποιοῦν ὁρᾶσθαι τά προκείμενα, ἀλλά ἀνώτερόν τι τούτων. Αἱ δέ ἀποφάσεις αἱ διά ἀρνήσεων ποσῶς ἐπί τῶν νοητῶν οἰκειότεραι λέγομεν γάρ, ὅτι ἀόρατοι, καί ὅτι οὐχ ὑποπίπτουσι θέᾳ, νοοῦμεν· τί δέ ἐστιν αὐτό τό μή φαινόμενον, οὔτε πολυπραγμονεῖν, οὔτε παριστᾷν δοκεῖ ὁ λόγος· καίτοι τό ζωή καί φῶς δοκεῖ σημαίνειν τί ἐστι, καί ταῦτα μηδόλως δηλοῦν τί ἐστι Θεός. Τιμῶσι τοιγαροῦν: Ὅρα πῶς καλῶς ἀπελογήσατο, διά τί ζώων μνήμην ἔχειν τά οὐράνια, ἤτοι εἰκόνας· ὥσπερ γάρ ὁ ἐπί πάντων Θεός οὐδέν ἐν τοῖς πᾶσιν ἔχει ὁμογενές, καί διά τοῦτο εἰκότως οὐδέν τῶν πάντων αὐτοῦ ἐστι δηλωτικόν, ἀλλά λοιπόν ἄλλῃ μεθόδῳ θεολογοῦμεν, λέγοντες, τί οὐκ ἔστι Θεός, ὅπερ καλεῖ διά τῶν ἀνομοίων, οὕτω καί ἐπί τῶν οὐρανίων δυνάμεων, αἵ μετά Θεόν εἰσι, τεχνικῶς

English

Unintelligible: He says "unintelligible," not "foolish," but "not understood by anyone"; and God is indefinite, as falling under no definition, but being himself the definition of all things and defining all things in himself, he does not fall under a definition; because definitions are composed from affirmations, but affirmations are unsuitable in the case of God, as being false; for God is beyond these, as not being substance, but beyond substance. The negations: He says that not only in the case of God, but also in the case of all divine things, that is, in the case of all things intelligible after God, the negations are true and the affirmations unsuitable. Now affirmations are unsuitable when we call either God or the intellectual powers life or light; for neither is there such a life as to live through inhalation and exhalation, nor is the light that which appears and makes the things before us visible, but something higher than these. But the negations made through privations are in a way more appropriate in the case of intelligible things; for we say that they are invisible, and that they do not fall under sight, and we understand; but what the very thing that does not appear is, the argument seems neither to busy itself with nor to set forth; and yet "life" and "light" seem to signify what it is, and these do not at all reveal what God is. They honor, then: Observe how well he has defended why the heavenly beings, that is, the images, have mention of living creatures; for just as God who is over all has nothing in all things of the same kind, and for this reason naturally nothing among all things is declarative of him, but henceforth we theologize by another method, saying what God is not, which he calls through dissimilar things, so also in the case of the heavenly powers, which are after God, artistically

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:125 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἐποίησαν οἱ θεολόγοι, μηδενί τῶν νοητῶν αὐτάς ὁμοιώσαντες, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ἅπερ καλεῖ ἄτιμα, τήν τούτων λαβόντες ἐμφέρειαν, τοῦτο πρός τιμήν αὐτῶν πεποιηκότες, ἵνα πλασματώδης καί οὐκ ἀληθής γένηται τούτων ἡ μίμησις εἰ γάρ ὁ λεοντόμορφος λεγόμενος καί πολύπους καί πολύπτερός ἐστι καί λογικός καί ἄϋλος, πῶς οὐ δῆλον, ὅτι ὑπερκοσμίως ὑπερβέβηκε τά ὑλικά καί παρ' ἡμῖν νοούμενα;

Εἰς μέν γάρ τάς τιμιωτέρας: Ἰδού καί ἕτερος λογισμός, δι' ὅν τοιαύταις ὁμοιότησιν ἡ Γραφή περί τῶν οὐρανίων ἐχρήσατο· εἰ γάρ τιμιωτέροις ἐχρήσατο πλάσμασιν, οἷον χρυσοειδεῖς ἤ ἐπαστράπτοντας λέγουσα εἶναι τάς θείας δυνάμεις, πάντως ἄν ἐπείσθησαν οἱ ἀκούοντες ἐκ τῶν παρά ἀνθρώποις τιμιωτέρων τό πιστόν λαμβάνοντες· νῦν δέ τά ἀπεμφαίνοντα καί αἰσχράς εἰκόνας παρενέβαλεν, ἵνα, ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες, ὅτι οὔκ εἰσι τά τοιαῦτα, ζητήσωμεν τήν ἀλήθειαν τῶν ὄντων. Ἀβλαβῶς: Αἱ γάρ λεγόμεναι πυρός φλόγες θεῖαι οὐσίαι οὐ καυστικαί, ἀλλά ζωτικαί εἰσιν.

English

The theologians did this, likening them to none of the intelligible things, but taking their resemblance from sensible things, which he calls dishonorable, doing this to their honor, so that their imitation might be fictitious and not true. For if the one called lion-shaped and many-footed and many-winged is also rational and immaterial, how is it not clear that he has transcended in a supramundane way material things and the things understood among us?

For into the more honorable: Behold, another reasoning, on account of which Scripture used such likenesses concerning the heavenly beings. For if it had used more honorable images, saying that the divine powers are golden in appearance or flashing, those who heard would certainly have been persuaded, receiving credibility from the things more honorable among men. But now it has inserted incongruous and shameful images, so that, knowing precisely that such things are not so, we might seek the truth of the things that are. Harmlessly: For the so-called flames of fire, divine essences, are not burning but life-giving.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:126 · narrative
Source · Greek

Αἰσχράς: Πῶς γάρ οὐκ αἰσχρόν τό ἐξ ὑλικῶν εἶναι τά σύμβολα τῶν νοητῶν; Θεάματα: Θεάματα λέγονται τά μετά θαύματος ὁρώμενα. Καί γάρ ὁ θυμός. Ὅτι οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀλογίας ἔμπλεως ἡ θυμοειδής κινησις, ἀλλ’ ἐπί τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεως. Ἀναγνωστέον τόν τελευταῖον λόγον τοῦ βιβλίου, ὅν εἶπεν εἰς τήν ὀπτασίαν τῶν ἁγίων χερουβίμ· ἐκεῖ γάρ καί ταῦτα πάντα πλατέως διαγεγύμνασται.

Τό μηδέ ἕν τῶν ὄντων: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι οὐδέν τῶν ὄντων ἐστέρηται τῆς τοῦ καλοῦ μετουσίας· σημειωτέον οὖν τί νοεῖται ὁ θυμός ἐπί τῶν ἀλόγων, καί τί ἐπί τῶν λογικῶν, καί τί ἐπιθυμία ἑκατέρων.

Λογιότητα: Σημειωτέον, ὅτι καί ἐπί ἀγγέλων λογιότητα λέγει· ἀμείλικτον δέ, ἤτοι ἀνένδοτον καί ἀχαύνωτον.

Ἐπιθυμίαν: Ὅτι ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν νοητῶν ἔρως ἄσχετός ἐστι περί τόν Θεόν, ὅπερ καλεῖ ἀϋλίαν.

Διά τόν ἀμιγῆ: Ἀμιγῆ φησι τόν καθαρόν καί εἰς οὐδέν ἕτερον ἐσχολακότα· ὁ γάρ θείῳ ἔρωτι περιδεδραγμένος ὅλος ἐστίν αὐτοῦ, καί εἰς τό ἐφετόν μόνον ἀνατείνεται, παρά μηδενός κωλυόμενος μεταβατικοῦ καί σωματικοῦ λόγου. Ἀλογίαν δέ φάσκοντες εἶναι ἐν ταῖς ἀσωμάτοις οὐσίαις, οὐκ ἀνοησίαν αὐταῖς ἐνυβρίζομεν ἐν τῷ διά τῶν λεοντείων μορφῶν καί τῶν μοσχείων καί τῶν ὀρνιθείων, ὡς ἐπί τοῦ ἀετοῦ, ἀλόγων τύπους καί σύμβολα λέγειν, πρέπειν τοῖς οὐρανίοις τάγμασιν, ἀλλά μυστικῶς τό ἐξηλλαγμένον τοῦ κατ' ἐκείνους λογικοῦ πρός τό καθ' ἡμᾶς σημαίνομεν·

English

Shameful: For how is it not shameful that the symbols of intelligible things come from material things? Spectacles: Spectacles are so called because they are seen with wonder. And indeed, anger. That the spirited movement is not simply full of irrationality, but in the case of irrational nature. One should read the last discourse of the book, which he spoke concerning the vision of the holy cherubim; for there all these things have been thoroughly exercised at length.

Not even one of existing things: Note that no existing thing is deprived of participation in the beautiful; one should note, then, what is understood by anger in the case of irrational beings, and what in the case of rational beings, and what desire is in each.

Rationality: One should note that he speaks of rationality even in the case of angels; and "implacable," that is, unyielding and not slackened.

Desire: That the desire of intelligible things is an unrestrained love toward God, which he calls immateriality.

Because of the unmixed: He calls "unmixed" that which is pure and has devoted itself to nothing else; for he who has been gripped by divine love is wholly his own, and is stretched out toward the beloved alone, hindered by no transient and bodily reason. And when we say that irrationality exists in incorporeal essences, we do not insult them with mindlessness by saying, through the leonine forms and the calf-like and the bird-like, as in the case of the eagle, that types and symbols of irrational things are fitting for the heavenly orders, but mystically we signify the difference of their rational nature from ours.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:127 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἡμεῖς γάρ τό λογικόν παριστῶμεν διά τοῦ τῆς γλώττης ὁργανικοῦ καί τῶν φωνητικῶν τύπων, τύπτοντες τόν ἀέρα τῷ διαλεκτικῷ καί τοῦ λόγου μεταβαίνοντος ἐξ ἡμῶν εἰς τάς τῶν ἀκροωμένων ἀκοάς ἐκ σώματος εἰς σῶμα, καθά φησι καί ὁ θεῖος Βασίλειος ἐν τῷ περί τοῦ, Πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ, λόγῳ· ἐκεῖ δέ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀσωματίᾳ τυγχάνοντες καί εἰς ἀλλήλους χωροῦντες καί ἀποχωροῦντες, παντός λόγου τρανότερον τάς ἀλλήλων νοήσεις κατοπτεύοντες, ἀλλήλοις ὥσπερ διαλέγονται, διά σιγῆς τοῦ λόγου μεταδιδόντες ἀλλήλοις.

Ἀπόκλισιν: Ἀντί τοῦ ἀπόνευσιν.

α'. Μεταβατικοῦ: Μεταβατικός ὁ ἡμέτερος λόγος ὁ προφορικός, ὡς ἀπό τοῦ λέγοντος διαβαίνων πρός τόν ἀκούοντα· σωματικοῦ δέ πρός ἀντιδιαστολήν τοῦ ἐνδιαθέτου· οὗτος γάρ οὔτε σωματικός, οὔτε μεταβατικός. β'. Ὕλης: Ἀτιμοτάτην ὕλην φησί τήν σωματοειδῆ ἅπασαν φύσιν, πρός ποικίλα εἴδη ἔμψυχά τε καί ἄψυχα καί λοιπά ὑπό Θεοῦ διακοσμηθεῖσαν· νοεράν δέ

εὐπρέπειαν τά περί Θεοῦ λεγόμενα, ὧν μετρίας καί ἀμυδράς εἰκόνας ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν εὑρίσκομεν, οἷον τό ἁπλῶς εἶναι, τό ζῇν, τό αἰσθάνεσθαι, καί τά ὅμοια. γ'. Ὅτι μέν ἐκ Θεοῦ καί ἡ ὕλη πᾶσα τήν ὕπαρξιν ἔσχεν, οὐδείς σοφός ἀντερεῖ λόγος· φέρει δέ καί αὐτήν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἀποδείξεις τοῦ ἐκ Θεοῦ καί παρῆχθαι καί διακεκομῆσθαι· πᾶσα γοῦν ἐξ ὕλης διακόσμησις ἀμυδρά τινα καί σκιώδη ἀπηχήματα τῶν νοερῶν ἔχει· ὥσπερ γάρ ἐπιτήδεια τά νοερά εἰς ὑποδοχήν, ὡς ἐφικτόν, τῶν ἐκ Θεοῦ προνοητικῶν προόδων, καί ζωή ὄντα, ζωοῦνται παρά τοῦ ὑπέρ πᾶσαν ζωήν ὄντος Θεοῦ, καί δυνάμεις ἔχουσιν εἰς εὐεργεσίαν ἐνεργητικάς, καί κίνησίν τινα ὑπερκόσμιον·

English

For we represent the rational [principle] through the instrumental [organ] of the tongue and through vocal forms, striking the air with the dialectical [faculty], and the word passing from us into the ears of the hearers, from body to body, as the divine Basil also says in his discourse On "Give Heed to Thyself"; but there it is not so, but being in incorporeality and passing into one another and withdrawing from one another, beholding one another's thoughts more clearly than any word, they converse with one another as it were, imparting the word to one another through silence.

Aversion: instead of a turning away.

1. Transitional: Our spoken word is transitional, as passing from the one speaking to the one hearing; and corporeal, in contrast to the internal [word]; for this is neither corporeal nor transitional. 2. Matter: He calls "most dishonorable matter" all bodily nature, which has been ordered by God into various kinds, both animate and inanimate and the rest; and "intelligible

comeliness" the things said about God, of which we find moderate and faint images in existing things, such as simply to be, to live, to perceive, and the like. 3. That matter too received its existence from God, no wise argument will contradict; and it bears in itself proofs that it has been produced and ordered by God; for every ordering from matter has certain faint and shadowy echoes of intelligible things; for just as intelligible things are fit for the reception, as far as attainable, of the providential processions from God, and being living are given life by God who is above all life, and have powers effective for beneficence, and a certain supercosmic motion;

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:128 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὕτω καί τά ὑλαῖα πάντα ὁμοῦ τε καί κατά μέρος, τήν τε πρόνοιαν τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰκείως ἑαυτοῖς δέχεσθαι, ἐπιτηδείως ἔχουσιν, καί ζωοῦσθαι, καί ζωή γίνεσθαι δύνανται, ὡς τό, «ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχήν ζῶσαν», καί αὖθις, «ἐξαγαγέτω τά ὕδατα ἐρπετά ψυχῶν ζωσῶν»· ἀλλά καί δυνάμεις εὐεργετικάς τοῖς ἀπό γῆς πνέουσιν, ὡς δηλοῦσιν αἵ τε διά βοτανῶν καί τῶν μεταλλικῶν ὠφέλειαι, καί κίνησιν δέ κατάλληλον τά ὑλαῖα ἔχει τήν εἰς γένεσιν προϊοῦσαν καί φθοράν, καί τάξιν δέχεται τήν παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιτεθεῖσάν τε καί ἐπιτεθησομένην. Ἀλλά καί φωτίζεσθαι πέφυκε παρουσίᾳ νοερῶν δυνάμεων, ὡς ἐπί τοῦ κατά τήν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἀστράπτοντος ἀγγέλου καί φωτίζοντος τό περιέχον. Ἔχει δέ ταῦτα ἡ ὕλη πάσχουσα, οὐ μήν ὡς τά νοερά ἐνεργοῦντα· διό κατ' ἔσχατον ἀπήχημα λέγεται ταῦτα ἔχειν· τί δέ ἐστιν ἀπήχημα ἔσχατον ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγῳ σαφηνίσω ἐν κεφαλ. δ'. Καί τῶν αὐτῶν: Σημείωσαι, ὡς πᾶσαν τήν ὕλην οὐ φησί νοεράν· οὐκοῦν καί οἱ ἀστέρες ἄψυχοι· οὐ γάρ ἔχουσι νοῦν. Εἰ καί τά αὐτά ὀνόματά φησιν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁμοίως λαμβάνονται· πρός τήν φυσικήν δέ ἰδιότητα τοῦ ὑποκειμένου καί ὁρίζονται καί νοοῦνται.

English

Thus all material things together and individually are able to receive the providence of God in a manner suited to themselves, being fitly disposed, and to be given life and to become life, as in the words, "Let the earth bring forth a living soul," and again, "Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls." But they also [receive] beneficent powers for those who breathe from the earth, as the benefits through plants and minerals make clear, and material things have a movement appropriate [to them] that proceeds into generation and corruption, and they receive the order imposed and to be imposed by God. But they are also naturally illuminated by the presence of noetic powers, as in the case of the angel who flashed lightning at the Lord's resurrection and illuminated the surrounding air. Matter has these things by being acted upon, not indeed as noetic things by acting; therefore these are said to have them as a last echo. What a last echo is I will make clear in chapter 4 of the work On the Divine Names. And from the same [work]: Note that he does not call all matter noetic; therefore the stars too are soulless, for they do not have intellect. Even if he speaks of the same names, they are not understood in the same way; but they are both defined and understood in relation to the natural property of the subject.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:129 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 5. Θεαρχικαῖς: Τουτέστι τοῖς περί Θεοῦ νοήμασι. Τῶν φαινομένων τιμίων: Σημείωσαι τίνα καλεῖ τίμια, ὡς ἥλιον καί τούς ἀστέρας, καί τίνα μέσα, πῦρ καί ὕδωρ, καί τίνα ἔσχατα, ὡς μύρον, καί τίνα ἄτιμα, ὡς θηρία καί σκώληκας· καί ὅτι ἐπί Θεοῦ καί τά θηριώδη σύμβολα εἴρηται καί τά ἐξ ὕλης, καί τά τίμια δέ καί τά μέσα καί τά ἄτιμα. Ἥλιον: Ἥλιον δικαιοσύνης Μαλαχίας ὁ προφήτης ὀνομάζει, ὁ δέ θεῖος Πέτρος ἐν τῇ καθολικῇ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολῇ, «ἕως οὗ φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν», καί τά ἑξῆς· οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἑῷος ἀστήρ. Ὁ δέ Μωϋσῆς, «ἐν τῇ βάτῳ πῦρ», φησίν, «οὐ κατακαῖον, ὅ ἐστιν ἀβλαβῶς φωτίζον. Ὁ δέ Ἰερεμίας ὕδωρ λέγει· «ἐμέ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγήν ὕδατος ζῶντος», καί ἄλλοι δέ ἄλλα· καί ὁ Κύριος, «ποταμοί ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ρεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος»· ὁ δέ Σολομῶν ἐν τῷ Ἄσματι τῶν ἀσμάτων μύρον φησί· «μύρον ἐκκενωθέν ὄνομά σου». Ἐν δέ τοῖς δώδεκα προφήταις Ὠσηέ καί Μιχαίας τά εἰρημένα ὧδε θηρία καταλέγουσιν ἐν τοῖς περί Θεοῦ προφητευομένοις, ὁ δέ Δαυίδ σκώληκα αὐτόν λέγει· «ἐγώ εἰμι σκώληξ καί οὐκ ἄνθρωπος», ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου ἤ σκώληκι αὐτόν παρείκασεν, ὡς μή ἀπό σπέρματος γεννηθέντα, ὡς ἡμεῖς, ἀλλά σπέρματος χωρίς, ὡς οἱ σκώληκες, οἵτινες οὐκ ἀπό σπέρματος τίκτονται, ἀλλ’ ἀπό γῆς ἤ ἀπό σήψεως· τό γάρ, «ἐγώ εἰμι σκώληξ καί οὐκ ἄνθρωπος», ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σαρκωθέντος Θεοῦ λέγεται, εἰ καί μή, κατά τήν θεότητα λαμβανόμενον, ἀλλά κατά τό φαινόμενον ταπεινόν τῆς σαρκός. Θεοσόφους ὑποφήτας τούς προφήτας φησίν. Τινά γάρ ἀγάλματα ἤδη προπαρέθηκεν ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγῳ.

English

§ 5. "Divinely originating": That is, the concepts concerning God. "Of the precious things that appear": Note which things he calls precious, such as the sun and the stars, and which middling, fire and water, and which last, as myrrh, and which dishonorable, as wild beasts and worms; and that in the case of God both the bestial symbols and those from matter have been spoken, and the precious and the middling and the dishonorable. "Sun": The prophet Malachi names him the sun of righteousness, and the divine Peter in his catholic epistle, "until the daystar arise in your hearts," and what follows; for this is the morning star. And Moses says, "in the bush a fire not burning," that is, illuminating without harm. And Jeremiah calls him water: "they have forsaken me, the fountain of living water," and others other things; and the Lord, "rivers from his belly shall flow of living water"; and Solomon in the Song of Songs says myrrh: "myrrh poured out is your name." And among the twelve prophets, Hosea and Micah list the things said here as beasts in their prophecies concerning God, and David calls him a worm: "I am a worm and not a man," either from the person of the Lord or he compared him to a worm, as one not born from seed, as we are, but without seed, as worms, which are not brought forth from seed, but from earth or from decay; for the phrase, "I am a worm and not a man," is spoken as from the person of God made flesh, even if it is not to be taken according to the divinity, but according to the lowly appearance of the flesh. He calls the prophets "God-wise spokesmen." For he had already set forth certain statues beforehand in the discourse On the Divine Names.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:130 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀγαλμάτων: Τίνα δηλοῦται ἐναποκείμενα ἀγάλματα, τοῖς λεγομένης ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγῳ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ θ' κεφαλαίου δεδήλωται. Ἀπηχημάτων: Ἔσχατα τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπηχημάτων ἐν δημιουργίᾳ φησίν, ἅ προεῖπεν ἀτιμότερα τῶν ὑλαίων διακοσμήσεων. Πῶς δέ ταῦτα λέγονται ἔσχατον

ἀπήχημα, ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγῳ, κεφαλαίῳ δ', λεχθήσεται ἡμῖν πλατύτερον.

Εἰ μή τό δυσειδές: Τό δυσειδές τό θηριόμορφον νόησον καί κτηνῶδες, ὅ περί τῶν ἀγγέλων φησίν ἡ Γραφή· τό δέ 'ἐκφαντικῆς' σημαίνει τῆς φανεροποιοῦ, ἤγουν τῆς ἐκφαινούσης.

Ἀγγελοειδεῖς: Καλῶς τάς τυπικάς εἰκονογραφίας, ἅς καί προεῖπεν, οὐκ ἀγγελικάς, ἀλλ’ ἀγγελοειδεῖς ὠνόμασεν· οὐ γάρ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀγγέλων, ὡς εἰσίν, αἱ εἰκόνες ἐγράφησαν, ἀλλ’ ἔμφασίν τινα εἰδοποιίας ἀσωμάτων ὑπεμφαίνουσιν, ὡς ἐξηγήσατο αὐτός ἑαυτόν.

Ἀφορίσασθαι: Τό ἀφορίσασθαι εἴωθε λέγειν ἐπί τῶν διακεκριμένως ὁριζομένων καί διασαφουμένων. Οἰόμεθα: Κατά κοινοῦ τό οἰόμεθα· ἵνα εἴη, οἰόμεθα ἱεραρχίαν εἶναι, καί τίνα οἰόμεθα ὀνήνασθαι, τουτέστιν ὠφελεῖν δύνασθαι τούς ἱεράρχας διά τῶν ἱερῶν τελετῶν.

English

Of the statues: Which statues are meant to be stored up in it has been shown in the opening of the ninth chapter of the discourse On the Divine Names. Of echoes: He calls the last of God's echoes in creation those things which he said were more dishonorable than the material adornments. But how these are called the last echo will be stated by us more fully in the discourse On the Divine Names, in the fourth chapter.

If not the shapeless: Understand the shapeless as the beast-shaped and brutish, which Scripture says concerning the angels; and "of the manifesting" means of the making-visible, that is, of that which brings to light.

Angel-like: Rightly he did not call the typical depictions, which he also mentioned before, angelic, but angel-like; for the images of the angels themselves as they are were not painted, but they suggest a certain indication of the form of incorporeal beings, as he himself explained.

To set apart: He is accustomed to say "to set apart" concerning things that are distinctly defined and made clear. We think: "We think" is to be understood in common; so that it would be, we think that there is a hierarchy, and we think that certain things can profit, that is, be able to benefit the hierarchs through the sacred rites.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:131 · narrative
Source · Greek

Σύ δέ, ὦ παῖ: Πῶς παῖδα καλεῖ τόν θεῖον Τιμόθεον ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, ζητητέον· ἤ γάρ, ὡς οἶμαι, ἅτε προβεβηκώς αὐτόν τοῖς ἔτεσι, τοῦτό φησι, καί τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ προέχων, ὡς καί προερωτᾶσθαι παρ' αὐτοῦ, καθά δηλοῖ τά μετά χεῖρας συγγράμματα κἄν γάρ πρό τοῦ θείου Διονυσίου ἐπίστευσεν ὁ ἅγιος Τιμόθεος, ὡς αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων δηλοῦσιν, ἀλλ' οὖν τήν ἔξω παιδειαν ἱκανώτερος ἦν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος· ἤ παῖδα καλεῖ αὐτόν, ὡς μιμούμενος τόν Κύριον λέγοντα, «παιδία, μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε;», ἤ ἐπειδή τούς κατά Θεόν ἀκακίαν ἀσκοῦντας παῖδας ἐκάλουν, ὡς καί Παπίας δηλοῖ βιβλίῳ πρώτῳ τῶν Κυριακῶν ἐξηγήσεων, καί Κλήμης ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς ἐν τῷ Παιδαγωγῷ.

Πληθύος: Πρός τό πληθύος τό ἑνοειδῆ ἐπήγαγε· τά μέν γάρ ἅγια ἑνοποιεῖ, τά δέ βέβηλα καί τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὄντα εἰς πολλά διά τῆς διαιρέσεως πληθύνει. Τοῦτο γοῦν νῦν καλεῖ πλῆθος, τό οἱονεί βέβηλον.

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Γ' Ἔστι μέν ἱεραρχία: Ὅρος ἱεραρχίας.

Ὡς ἐφικτόν: Ὡς δυνατόν.

English

But you, O child: One must inquire how the great Dionysius calls the divine Timothy a child. For either, as I think, since he was advanced in years beyond him and excelled in philosophy, so as even to be questioned first by him, as the writings at hand make clear—for even though the holy Timothy believed before the divine Dionysius, as the Acts of the holy apostles shows, nevertheless the great Dionysius was more capable in secular learning—or he calls him a child as imitating the Lord who says, "Children, do you have anything to eat?"; or because they called those who practice guilelessness according to God "children," as Papias also shows in the first book of the Expositions of the Lord's Oracles, and Clement of Alexandria in the Paedagogue.

Of the multitude: To "multitude" he has added "of one form"; for it unifies the holy things, but the profane things and those belonging to sin it multiplies into many by division. This, then, he now calls a multitude, the one that is, so to speak, profane.

On Chapter 3, "There is indeed a hierarchy": The definition of hierarchy.

"As is attainable": As is possible.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:132 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τελεταρχικόν: Ἤγουν τελειοποιοῦν.

Ἀμιγές ἐστι καθόλου: Ὁμοιότης καί ἱσότης καί ταυτότης τό ἕν καί ἑνοποιόν, ἅτε ἁπλοῦν καί ἀμιγές καί ἀσύνθετον καλεῖται· ἀνόμοιον δέ καί ἄνισον καί ἑτερότητα καί μικτόν καί ἐν μεταβολῇ τό πρόσυλόν φασι. Τό οὖν ἕν ὁ Θεός νοοῖτ' ἄν.

Θιασώτας: Θίασος μέν κυρίως ὁ χορός. Θιασώτας δέ ἐνταῦθα τούς περί τά θεῖα ἀναστρεφομένους φησί. Διειδέστατα μέν λαμπρά, διαυγῆ, ἀκηλίδωτα δέ ἀρρύπωτα.

Ἐνεργῆσαι. Ταῦτα νομίζω δηλοῦν, ὅτι οὐ χρή τινα τῶν ἐν ἱερατικῷ βαθμῷ καταλεγομένων μεῖζόν τι τῆς οἰκείας τάξεως ποιεῖν, ἀλλά τό ἐπιβάλλον τῇ οἰκείᾳ ἀξίᾳ μόνον ἐνεργεῖν καί παραδιδόναι διδάσκοντα, μή μήν ἐπιχειρεῖν εἰς τά ὑπέρ τήν ἀξίαν· οἷον, τούς πρεσβυτέρους διδάσκειν, καί τό δῶρον προσκομίζειν, οὐ μήν καί χειροτονεῖν· διακόνους διδάσκειν, οὐ μήν καί βαπτίζειν· οὐ γάρ δώσουσι Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὡς οὐδέ ὁ Φιλιππος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, ὁ διάκονος, ἀλλά μήτε προσφέρειν, καί οὕτως ἐφεξῆς, ἀλλά καί τούς τελουμένους τά καθήκοντα μόνον πράσσειν, ἵνα φυλάττοιτο καλῶς τό παρά τῷ θείῳ Παύλῳ· «ἕκαστος ἐν ᾦ ἐκλήθη βαθμῷ μενέτω».

English

Telesarchic: that is, perfecting.

"Unmixed" is altogether: likeness and equality and identity, the one and the unifying, inasmuch as it is called simple and unmixed and uncompounded; but unlike and unequal and otherness and mixed and in change they call that which is prior to matter. The one, then, would be understood as God.

Thiasotai: A thiasos is properly the choir. But thiasotai here he means those who are occupied with divine things. Most brightly shining, bright, and spotless, undefiled.

To act. These things, I think, make clear that no one enrolled in the priestly rank should do anything greater than his own order, but should only perform and hand on by teaching what belongs to his own dignity, and not attempt things beyond his dignity; for example, presbyters are to teach and to bring the gift, but not to ordain; deacons are to teach, but not to baptize—for they will not give the Holy Spirit, as neither did Philip the deacon in the Acts of the holy apostles—nor to offer, and so on in order; but also those being perfected are to do only what is fitting, so that what is said by the divine Paul may be well kept: "Let each remain in the rank in which he was called.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:133 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τελεταρχίας: Τουτέστι τελειώσεως.

Τάξεσι: Κατά τό διάφορον γάρ καί ὑπεραναβεβηκός τῶν τάξεων καί τό ἐπιστημονικόν εἶναι δεῖ.

Κεκληρωμένων ἡ τελείωσις: Σημείωσαι τις ἡ τῶν ἱεραρχῶν τελείωσις, καί πῶς Θεοῦ εἰσι συνεργοί κατά τόν θεῖον Ἀπόστολον. Τήν θείαν ἐνέργειαν: Τουτέστι τά τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔργα καί αὐτόν ἐργαζόμενον, σοφίζοντα, τελειοῦντα, καί τά ὅμοια, εἰς τούς παιδαγωγουμένους κατά δύναμιν ἐργαζόμενον.

Ἐπειδή τάξις: Σημείωσαι τήν τάξιν καί τό τῆς ἱεραρχίας ἀποτέλεσμα, καί ὅτι τούς προσιόντας δεῖ πρῶτον καθαίρεσθαι τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν διαιρετικῶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας συμφύρσεων· εἶτα φωτίζεσθαι τῇ γνώσει τῶν θεοπνεύστων Γραφῶν τά περί θεογνωσίας δόγματα, καί τότε τελειοῦσθαι τῷ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας λουτρῷ.

Τούς μέν φωτίζεσθαι. Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τό φώτισμα πρό τοῦ βαπτίσματός ἐστιν. Ἡ θεία μακαριότης καθαίρει, φωτίζει, τελειοῖ, διδάσκουσα, ἀνάγουσα, θεοποιοῦσα.

Ἡ θεία μακαριότης κάθαρσις,

φωτισμός,

τελείωσις.

English

Telesarchia: that is, of perfecting.

Orders: for there must be both the difference and the transcendence of orders, and the scientific character.

The perfection of those allotted: Note what the perfection of hierarchs is, and how they are co-workers of God according to the divine Apostle. Divine energy: that is, the works of God and Himself working, making wise, perfecting, and the like, working in those being educated according to their capacity.

Since order: Note the order and the result of hierarchy, and that those who approach must first be purified by the teaching of the divisive comminglings of sin; then be illumined by the knowledge of the divinely inspired Scriptures in the doctrines concerning the knowledge of God, and then be perfected by the bath of regeneration.

That some be illumined. Note that illumination is before baptism. The divine blessedness purifies, illumines, perfects, teaching, leading up, deifying.

The divine blessedness: purification,

illumination,

perfection.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:134 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῆς θείας μακαριότητος οἱ μέν ἱεράρχαι, οἱ δέ ἱεραρχούμενοι, καθαίρουσι, οἱ μέν οἱ δέ οἱ δέ φωτίζουσι, καθαίρονται, φωτίζονται, τελειοποιοῦνται.

τελειοῦσι.

Νοός: Ἰωνικῶς ἐχρήσατο, ὁ νοῦς, τοῦ νοός, οἱ νόες· φασί γάρ οἱ Ἀττικοί, ὁ νοῦς, τοῦ νοῦ, καί πληθυντικῶς οἱ νοῖ, τῶν νῶν, καί νοισί. § 3. Καθαρτικούς: Ἐνταῦθα περί τῶν ἱεραρχῶν αὐτῶν φησι, τά πρό τούτων περί τῶν ἱεραρχουμένων εἰπών, παραδηλῶν καί τάς τάξεις· καί ὅπως οἱ μέν καθαρτικοί ὑποβεβήκασιν, ὡς οἱ ἐπορκισταί ὄντες· οἱ δέ φωτιστικοί ἐπαναβεβήκασι τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, οἷον οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καί οἱ διάκονοι· οἱ δέ τελεσιουργοί, οἱ τῷ βαπτίσματι Πνεύματος πληροῦντες ἁγίου, ὡς οἱ ἐπίσκοποι. Λέγει δέ ταῦτα καί κάτω ἐν τῷ Περί ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱεραρχίας λόγῳ. Φυσικῶς καί ὑπερφυῶς ἐνόντα: Ὅτι φυσικῶς καί ὑπερφυῶς ἔνεστι τά πρός σωτηρίαν φωτιστικά. Καλῶς δέ τήν τάξιν διεσάφησε τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱερουργίας, οἷον ἵνα πρῶτον οἱ προσιόντες τῷ θείῳ βαπτίσματι ἀποτάττωνται καθαιρόμενοι, εἶτα φωτίζωνται τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων εἰς τοῦτο πεποιημένων, τοιούτους δέ εἶναι τούς καθαρτικούς ἀξίους τοῦ μεταδοῦναι ἑτέροις ἁγιότητος, καί οὕτω λοιπόν τούς ἐπισκόπους βαπτίζειν· αὐτούς γάρ καλεῖ τελεσιουργούς. Ταύτην δεῖ τήν τάξιν φυλάττεσθαι.

English

Of divine blessedness, some are hierarchs and some are being hierarchically guided; some purify, some illuminate, some are purified, some are illuminated, some are perfected. They perfect. Nous: he used the Ionic form—ho nous, tou noos, hoi noes; for the Attic speakers say ho nous, tou nou, and in the plural hoi noi, ton non, and noisi. § 3. Purifying: here he speaks about the hierarchs themselves, having said the preceding things about those being hierarchically guided, and he also indicates the orders—and how the purifying ones are ranked below, being as it were exorcists; the illuminating ones are ranked above in teaching, such as presbyters and deacons; and the perfecting ones, who fill with the Holy Spirit through baptism, such as bishops. He says these things also below in the discourse On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy. Naturally and supernaturally present: that the things pertaining to salvation, being illuminating, are present naturally and supernaturally. And he well clarified the order of ecclesiastical sacred ministry—namely, that those approaching divine baptism should first be renounced while being purified, then be illuminated by the teaching of the presbyters appointed for this, and that the purifying ones should be such as are worthy to impart holiness to others, and thus finally the bishops baptize; for he calls them perfecting ones. This order must be preserved.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:135 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Δ' § 1. Τό πρός κοινωνίαν: Σημείωσαι τόν λογισμόν δι' ὅν τά πάντα παρήγαγεν ὁ Θεός, ἵνα κοινωνήσωσι τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητος ἀναλόγως ἕκαστον· τοῦτο γάρ δηλοῖ τό, «μοναί πολλαί παρά τῷ Πατρί»· ἕκαστος γάρ κατά τό ἴδιον ἔργον κοινωνήσει τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητος· οὕτω καί Τίτος φησίν ἐν τοῖς Κατά Μανιχαίων λόγοις.

Ὄντων: Ἐνταῦθα πάντα συλλήβδην τά ἐν δημιουργίᾳ δηλοῖ διά τοῦ ὀνόματος τῶν ὄντων, καί νοητά καί ὁρατά πάντα· ἅπαντα γάρ ὁ Θεός ἐκ μή ὄντων ἐποίησεν, διά τοῦτο καί μόνον, ἵνα τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητος ἀπολαύοιεν. Ἀπολαύουσι δέ διά τῆς προνοίας, ὡς ἕκαστον ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει· ἀρχή γάρ ἐστι τῆς τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ πρόνοια.

Πάντα μέν οὗν τά ὄντα: Ὅτι πάντα τά ὄντα τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ προνοίας μετέχει· οὐδέ γάρ οὔτε ἐν τοῖς οὖσίν ἐστι τό μή μετέχον τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὥστε ἀνυπόστατον τό κακόν, ἐπειδή μή μετέχει τοῦ Θεοῦ κατά στέρησιν ἕξεως φαινόμενον. Ἀλλ' οὐκ αὐτό, πρωτοτύπως ὄν ἐν οὐσίᾳ· οὕτω πλατέως εἴπομεν ἄνω ἐν τῷ προσφόρῳ κεφαλαίῳ. Τῶν ὄντων Ἤ ἄζωά εἰσιν, ἤ ζῶντα, ἤ νοερά ἤ λογικά ἅ καλεῖ μόνον ἅ λέγει ἀλόγως ἀσώματα, ὡς τά καί ἐνσώματα, ἅ ὄντα, οἷον οὐρανοί ζῆν, οἷον τά ἄλογα οὐράνια· καλεῖ καθ' ἡμᾶς.

English

ON CHAPTER 4, § 1. "For communion": Note the reasoning by which God brought all things into being, so that each might share in his goodness proportionally; for this is what "many mansions in the Father's house" means; for each will share in his goodness according to his own work; thus Titus also says in his discourses Against the Manichaeans.

"Of beings": Here he indicates all things in creation collectively by the name of beings, both intelligible and visible, all things; for God made all things out of nothing, and for this reason alone, that they might enjoy his goodness. And they enjoy it through providence, as each is disposed; for the providence of God is the beginning of the substance of beings.

"All things therefore that are": That all beings partake of the providence of God; for neither is there among beings that which does not partake of God; so that evil is without substance, since it does not partake of God, appearing as it does by the privation of habit. But not itself, existing in substance primordially; thus we spoke broadly above in the appropriate chapter. Of beings, either they are without life, or living, or intelligent or rational, which he calls only what he calls irrationally incorporeal, as also corporeal things, which being, such as heavens, live, such as irrational heavenly things; he calls according to us.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:136 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί γῆ ζῶα·

Οὐ γάρ ἄν ἦν: Ἐν τούτοις ὄντα τά θεῖα καλεῖ, τουτέστι τήν ἁγίαν Τριάδα, ἥτις, τῶν κτισμάτων οὖσα δημιουργός καί ἀρχή, ἤγουν αἰτία, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν παρ' αὐτῆς εἰς οὐσίαν ἐλθόντων μετέχεσθαι λέγεται. Τά μέν οὖν ἄζωα: Ὅτι καί τά ἄζωα μετέχει τῆς προνοίας τοῦ Θεοῦ κατ' αὐτό τό εἶναι· ἄζωα δέ εἰσιν, οἷον λίθοι καί πάντα τά μή προϊόντα εἰς γένεσιν. Ζῶντα τῆς αὐτῆς: Κατά κοινοῦ ἐπί ἑκάστου τῶν ἐπιφερομένων προσυπακούειν δεῖ, δι' ὧν προνοίας μετέχει. Αἱ γοῦν ἅγιαι: Σημείωσαι δέ περί τῆς τάξεως τοῦ παντός, ὅτι διάφοροι αἱ τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων οὐσίαι· λέγει δέ μόνον ὄντα ἅπερ ἐκάλεσεν ἄζωα. Νοητῶς γάρ ἐπί τό θεομίμητον: Ὅρα ὅτι καί αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις ἐκ προαιρέσεως κατά τό πλέον μετέχουσι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ὡς πολύ ἐφιέμεναι αὐτοῦ· λέγει γάρ, ἑαυτάς ἀποτυποῦσαι, ὅπερ ἐστί προαιρετικόν· οὐκοῦν ψευδής ὁ λόγος ὁ λέγων τόν διάβολον πεσεῖν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἐτράπη γάρ εἰς τό κακόν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, Προσεχεῖς δέ ἀντί τοῦ συνημμέναι.

English

And earth, living things.

"For it would not be": In these words he calls the divine things "existing," that is, the Holy Trinity, which, being the creator and beginning—that is, the cause—of created things, is said to be participated in by those very things that came into being from it. "The inanimate things," then: Because even inanimate things participate in God's providence by the very fact of existing; and inanimate things are, for example, stones and all things that do not proceed into generation. "Living things of the same": By a common [principle], in the case of each of the things added, one must understand beforehand the ways through which it participates in providence. "The holy [powers]," then: Note concerning the order of the whole, that the essences of the powers above are different; but he calls "existing" only those things that he called inanimate. "In a noetic manner, toward the imitation of God": Observe that the noetic powers too participate in the good by free choice in a greater degree, as desiring it greatly; for he says, "forming themselves," which is a matter of free choice. Therefore the statement is false that says the devil fell from the heavens; for he turned to evil of himself. "Closely attached" is instead of "united.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:137 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῶν ὄντων Τά μέν ἔστιν ἄλογα, ὡς τά δέ ζῶντα, τά μέν ὧν, τά δέ αἰσθητικά, ὧν τά λίθοι καί λοιπά τά ἀναίσθητα, ὡς τά φυτά, τά δέ λογικά· καί τούτων· τά μηδεμιᾶς ζωτικῆς μέν ἄλογα, τά μέν δέ ἐνσώματα καί καθ' ἐνεργείας μετέχοντα·

ἀσώματα καί ὑπέρ ἡμᾶς, ἡμᾶς.

Καί πολλαχῶς ἐν μετουσίᾳ: Αἱ γάρ αὐτῶν οὐσίαι νοῦς εἰσι ζῶν. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τά νοητά πάντα πρώτως μετέχει τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἐκφαντορικαί δέ, τουτέστιν ἐξαγγελτικαί, Τῆς ἀγγελικῆς ἐπωνυμίας: Σημείωσαι τί κυρίως ἄγγελος, καί ὅτι τήν πρώτην αὐτούς τάξιν λέγει ἔχειν· ἔτι δέ καί ὅπως δι' ἀγγέλων μυούμεθα, καί πῶς δι' αὐτῶν ὁ νόμος ἐδόθη, καί ὅτι καί τούς πρό τοῦ νόμου καί μετά νόμον πατέρας ἡμῶν ἄγγελοι πρός θεῖον ἀνῆγον.

Κλεινούς: Ἐνδόξους. Τό δέ πρακτέον, ὡς ἐπί Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυῆ καί Γεδεών καί ἄλλων· πρός εὐθεῖαν δέ ὁδόν ἀπό ἀνιέρου ζωῆς, ὡς ἐπί τοῦ Κορνηλίου τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου· πρῶτος γάρ ἐξ ἀπίστων ἐθνῶν μετετέθη· τάξεις δέ ἱεράς, ὡς ἐπί τοῦ Δανιήλ, «μυρίαι μυριάδες», καί τοῦ Ἰεζηκιήλ τά χερουβίμ, καί τοῦ Ἠσαΐου τά σεραφίμ ὤφθησαν. Ὑποκοσμίους δέ ὁράσεις, ὡς ἐπί τοῦ Παύλου ἀρπαγέντος ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ, καί ἐπί τῆς τοῦ θείου Ἰωάννου Ἀποκαλύψεως. § 3. Ἀμέσως: Τουτέστιν ἄνευ τῆς ἀγγέλων διακονίας.

English

Of existing things, some are irrational, as the living creatures, some of which are perceptible—namely, stones and the rest of the insensible things, as plants—and some are rational; and of these, some are irrational, sharing in no vital [principle], while others are embodied and participate by way of activities;

and the incorporeal and those above us, [and] us.

And in participation in many ways: for their essences are a living mind. Note that all intelligible things participate primarily in God. And revelatory, that is, declaratory, of the angelic name: Note what an angel properly is, and that he says they hold the first rank; and further, how we are initiated through angels, and how the law was given through them, and that angels led our fathers both before the law and after the law up to the divine.

Renowned: Glorious. And what is to be done, as in the case of Joshua son of Nun and Gideon and others; and toward the straight road from an unholy life, as in the case of Cornelius the centurion; for he was the first transferred from the unbelieving nations; and sacred ranks, as in the case of Daniel, "ten thousand times ten thousand," and the cherubim of Ezekiel, and the seraphim of Isaiah appeared. And sub-cosmic visions, as in the case of Paul caught up to the third heaven, and in the Revelation of the divine John. § 3. Immediately: That is, without the ministry of angels.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:138 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὡς αὐτό ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστι: Ὅρα πῶς ἐξηγεῖται τό ρητόν τό λέγον, «Θεόν οὐδείς ἐώρακε πώποτε», ὅπερ ἀληθέστατον ἠγοῦμαι, καί εἰδώς ὅτι εἰσί γραφικά ρήματα λέγοντα, ὡς ὁ Θεός ὤφθη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὡς ἐπί τοῦ Ἀδάμ, ὡς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καί ἐπί τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ἐν τῇ δρυί τῇ Μαμβρῇ, καί ὅτε εἰς Σόδομα ἐπορεύοντο· καί τῷ Μωσεῖ εἰς τό ὄρος, εἰ καί τά ὀπίσθια λέγεται ἑωρακέναι· καί λέγει ὅτι αὐτό μέν τό κρύφιον τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐδείς ἑώρακεν, οὐδέ ὄψεται, ὅπερ ἐστίν οὐσία αὐτοῦ, ἤ καί ὑψηλότερον, ὅτι οὐδείς κατανοῆσαι καί φράσαι δύναται ἤ δυνήσεται, τί ἐστιν ὁ Θεός. Εἰ δέ καί ἐγένοντό τισι θεοφάνειαι τῶν ἁγίων, νόησον ὅτι ἀναλόγως ἕκαστος τῆς ἰδίας πίστεως ἠξιοῦτό τινος ὁράσεως ἐμφαινούσης αὐτῷ τό Θεῖον, δι' ἧς τήν ἔλλαμψιν ἐδέχετο τῶν εἰς αὐτόν ἐρχομένων θείων γνώσεων. Ὡς ἐν μορφώσει: Οἶμαι, τήν μεταμόρφωσιν λέγει, ἤ τό ἐν τῷ Σιναίῳ ὄρει θαῦμα ὡς πῦρ.

Θεοφάνειαν: Θεοφάνειαν εἶναί φησιν οὐ διά τό φαίνειν τόν Θεόν καί δεικνύειν, ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστι, τοῦτο γάρ ἀμήχανον, ἀλλ’ ὅτι θείας ἐλλάμψεως οἱ ἅγιοι ἀξιοῦνται διά τινων ὁράσεων ἱερῶν καί αὐτοῖς ἀναλόγων, ἅς δι' ἀγγέλων γίνεσθαι λέγει.

English

As to what it actually is: Observe how he explains the saying that states, "No one has ever seen God," which I consider most true, and knowing that there are scriptural sayings stating that God was seen by men—as in the case of Adam, as in paradise, and in the case of Abraham, at the oak of Mamre, and when they were journeying to Sodom; and to Moses on the mountain, even if he is said to have seen the back parts; and he says that no one has seen or will see the hidden thing of God itself, which is His essence, or even something higher, because no one is able or will be able to comprehend and express what God is. But if there have also been theophanies to certain of the saints, understand that each was deemed worthy of some vision proportionate to his own faith, which manifested the Divine to him, through which he received the illumination of the divine knowledges coming to him. As in form: I think he means the transfiguration, or the miracle on Mount Sinai as fire.

Theophany: He says that it is a theophany not because God shows and displays what He actually is—for this is impossible—but because the saints are deemed worthy of divine illumination through certain sacred visions proportionate to them, which he says come about through angels.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:139 · narrative
Source · Greek

Θεσμοθεσίαν: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί ὁ νόμος ἑτέρας θείας νομοθεσίας ὑποτύπωσίς ἐστι, τουτέστι τῆς κατά Χριστόν θείας ἐνανθρωπήσεως· ὅτι δέ δι' ἀγγέλων ἐδόθη ἡ πρώτη νομοθεσία, δηλοῖ καί ὁ ἅγιος Στέφανος λέγων· «οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τόν νόμον εἰς διαταγάς ἀγγέλων, καί οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε». Αὐτήν: Τήν θεσμοθεσίαν δηλονότι.

Τό διά τῶν πρώτων: Σημείωσαι, πῶς διά τῶν πρώτων, τουτέστι τῶν ἀναβεβηκότων, τά δεύτερα (ἀντί τοῦ τά ὑποβεβηκότα) πρός Θεόν ἀνάγονται καί περί τῶν ἀγγελικῶν διατάξεων.

Ὑπερούσιον: Ὑπερούσιον ταξιαρχίαν τήν τῆς τάξεως αὐτῶν ἀρχήν καί ποιητικήν αἰτίαν ἔφη, § 4. Γαβριήλ: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τά περί τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως πρῶτοι μυοῦνται ἄγγελοι, ὡς δηλοῖ τά κατά τόν θειότατον Γαβριήλ, μαθόντα τά περί τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου· εὐαγγελισάμενον δέ καί τῇ Παρθένῳ, ὅτι ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου συλλήψεται σαρκούμενον τόν Θεόν Λόγον.

Ἀνδρικῆς: Ἀνδρική θεουργία ἡ Χριστοῦ ἐνανθρώπησις, καθ' ἥν Θεός ὤν ἐν σαρκί τά θεῖα εἰργάζετο, Σκόπει δέ, πῶς, εἰπών ἐνταῦθα τόν Ἰησοῦν 'ἀνδρικήν θεουργίαν', καί διά μέν τοῦ λέγειν 'ἀνδρικήν' δηλῶν, ὅτι τέλειος ἄνθρωπος γέγονε, διά δέ τοῦ 'θεουργίαν', ὅτι, Θεός καί ἔστι ἄνθρωπος, ὁ αὐτός τάς θεοσημείας ἐργασάμενος, μετά βραχύ λέγει, ὅτι ἀμετάβλητος· ἔμεινε γάρ καί ὅ ἦν ἀεί. Κἀκεῖνο δέ πάλιν ὅρα, πῶς φησιν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Θεοτόκῳ Μαρίᾳ γενέσθαι τῆς ἀρρήτου θεοπλαστίας τό θεαρχικόν μυστήριον. Θεοπλαστίαν δέ λέγει, δηλῶν ὅτι Θεός ἐπλάσθη, καθ' ὅ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος, ὡς τό εἰρημένον, «ὁ Λόγος σάρξ ἐγένετο».

English

Legislation: Note that even the law is a prefiguration of another divine legislation, that is, of the divine incarnation according to Christ; and that the first legislation was given through angels, holy Stephen also makes clear when he says: "who received the law by the dispositions of angels, and did not keep it." It: That is, the legislation.

Through the first: Note how through the first, that is, those who have ascended, the second things (instead of the subordinate things) are led up to God, and concerning the angelic orders.

Supersubstantial: He called the supersubstantial hierarchy the origin of their order and its creative cause, § 4. Gabriel: Note that the angels are the first to be initiated into the things concerning the incarnation, as the events concerning the most divine Gabriel make clear, who learned the things concerning holy John; and who announced to the Virgin that the God Logos would be conceived by the Holy Spirit and become flesh.

Manly: The manly divine working is the incarnation of Christ, according to which, being God in flesh, he performed the divine works. Observe also how, having here called Jesus a "manly divine working," and by saying "manly" indicating that he became a perfect man, and by "divine working" that he is both God and man, the same having performed the divine signs, he says shortly afterward that he is immutable; for he remained also what he always was. And see that other point again, how he says that the divine-princely mystery of the ineffable divine formation took place in the holy Theotokos Mary. And he calls it divine formation, indicating that God was formed, in that he became man, as the saying goes, "The Logos became flesh.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:140 · narrative
Source · Greek

Θεαρχικόν δέ, ὅτι τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ αἰτίου καί ἀρχῆς ὄντος τῶν λεγομένων θεῶν, ἀγγέλων τε καί δικαίων ἀνθρώπων, τό μυστήριον τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ἦν, ὅν Θεόν Ἰησοῦν προωνόμασε.

Τήν δέ Μαριάμ: Σημείωσαι ταῦτα κατά Νεστοριανῶν· οὐ πάντες δέ ἄγγελοι ἐθαρρήθησαν τό μυστήριον τῆς οἰκονομίας· ἐπεί, ὅτε ἀνελαμβάνετο ὁ Κύριος μετά τό πάθος, τινές ἦσαν οἱ λέγοντες, ὅτι «Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Βασιλεύς τῆς δόξης;»· ἡ γάρ ἐρώτησις ἄγνοιαν ἐμφαίνει. Σημείωσαι κατά Νεστοριανῶν καί Ἀκεφάλων, ὅτι τόν Ἰησοῦν ὑπερούσιον αἰτίαν, φησίν, ἅτε ποιητήν ὄντα πάντων· καί ὅτι ἀμεταβόλως λέγει αὐτόν γεγεννῆσθαι καθ' ἡμᾶς· οὐχ ἡ αὐτή δέ καί μία ταῦτα φύσις, εἰ καί ὁ αὐτός τά δύο· καί ὅτι αὐτός καί νομοθέτης καί ὑπό νόμον, καί ὅτι καί αὐτός ὡς

ἄνθρωπος δι' ἀγγέλων διετάττετο, ἔν τε τῇ εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀναχωρήσει, καί ἐν τῇ ἐξ αὐτῆς ὑποστροφῇ, καί ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ καί τῶν ἀγγέλων δημιουργός. Ὥστε εἰς καί αὐτός Χριστός ἐν δύο φύσεσι τό μέγα τῆς οἰκονομίας κατεπράξατο μυστήριον· εἴρηται γάρ· «ὅς, ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμόν ἡγήσατο τό εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ, ἀλλ’ ἑαυτόν ἐκένωσε μορφήν δούλου λαβών». Ἰδού δύο μορφαί· ὅπερ γάρ φησιν ἐνταῦθα, οὐκ ἀποπηδᾷ, τοῦτό ἐστι τό, οὐχ ἁρπαγμόν ἡγήσατο, τοὐτέστιν οὐκ ἀπηξίωσεν ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὑπακοῦσαι καί ἀγγέλοις, εὐπειθῶς δέ ὑποτάττεται ταῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Πατρός δι' ἀγγέλων ὑποτυπώσεσιν· αὐτός γάρ οὗτος ἔταξε τό ἀνθρώπινον γένος διέπειν.

English

Theandric, because God, who is the cause and beginning of those called gods—both angels and righteous men—was the mystery of the incarnation, whom he pre-named God Jesus.

And Mary: Note these things against the Nestorians; but not all angels were entrusted with the mystery of the economy; since, when the Lord was taken up after the passion, there were some who said, "Who is this King of glory?" For the question displays ignorance. Note against the Nestorians and the Acephali, that he says Jesus is the supersubstantial cause, inasmuch as he is the maker of all things; and that he says he was begotten without change according to us; yet these are not the same and one nature, even if the same one is the two; and that he is both lawgiver and under the law, and that he himself as

man was ordered through angels, both in the withdrawal into Egypt and in the return from it, and that he is himself the creator of the angels also. So that one and the same Christ in two natures accomplished the great mystery of the economy; for it is said: "Who, being in the form of God, did not consider it robbery to be equal with God, but emptied himself, taking the form of a servant." Behold two forms; for what he says here, he does not leap away from—this is the "he did not consider it robbery," that is, he did not deem it unworthy as a man to obey even angels, but he obediently submits to the representations of God and the Father through angels; for he himself this same one appointed that the human race be governed.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:141 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀμεταβόλως: Οὐ γάρ ἐτράπη τήν θείαν φύσιν. ( Οὐκ ἀποπηδᾷ: Τά γάρ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ταχθέντα, ἤγουν προορισθέντα, αὐτός ἐπ' ἐσχάτων ἀνέλαβε καί εἰς ἑαυτόν ἔδειξε. Καί περί τοῦ ἀγγέλου: Ὅτι τό τοῦ ἐνισχύσαντος ἀγγέλου τόν Κύριον κεφάλαιον, ὅπερ ἐν τῷ κατά Λουκᾶν φέρεται, λέγει καί ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, καί ὅτι ἀγράφως μᾶλλον ἐν μυστηρίῳ κρυφίως αὐτό παρεδόθη αὐτῷ καί τῷ ἁγίῳ Τιμοθέῳ ὑπό τοῦ ἀποστόλου Παύλου· τό γάρ αὐτοῦ κήρυγμα συνέγραψεν ὁ Λουκᾶς· δηλοῦται δέ τοῦτο, ὅτι ὡς ἐν μυστηρίῳ παρέλαβεν ἀπό τοῦ εἰπεῖν, «ταῖς ἱερατικαῖς ἡμῶν παραδόσεσιν ἐκπεφασμένα». Ὅρα δέ καί τήν ἄλλην ἑρμηνείαν, ἥτις φησί, τό γάρ εἰρῆσθαι παρά τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ «τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελον», ὀνομάζεσθαι τό γεννηθέν παιδίον τῇ σαρκί αὐτοῦ πρέπειν φησί, καί διά τί ἐκλήθη ἄγγελος, ὅτι τήν τοῦ Πατρός βουλήν ἀνήγγειλαν ἡμῖν· σώσας γάρ ἡμᾶς διά τοῦ οἰκείου πάθους, ἔδειξεν, ὅτι καί ὁ Πατήρ ταύτης ἦν τῆς βουλῆς· οὔτε γάρ ὡς ὑποβεβηκώς τοῦ Πατρός ἐκλήθη ἄγγελος· πρός Ἀρειανούς τοῦτο. Τό τοῦ ἑνισχύσαντος ἀγγέλου κεφάλαιον μή παρά τήν ἑρμηνείαν δέξῃ τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς· πρός γάρ τήν σάρκα ὀφείλει τοῦτο νοεῖσθαι· καί ἀλλαχοῦ γάρ φησι τό Εὐαγγέλιον, μετά τούς πειρασμούς, ὅτι προσελθόντες ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ· καί ὅτι ἐκοπίασεν ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας καί ὅτι ἐπείνησε· ταῦτα γάρ πάντα δείκνυσιν, ὅτι τέλειον ἀνέλαβεν ἄνθρωπον μετά τῶν αὐτοῦ παθημάτων. Ἀλλ' ἐρεῖ τις, ποῦ χρεία ἦν ἀγγέλου θειότητος παρούσης; Λέγομεν οὖν ὅτι τά πλείω ὁ Θεός δι' ἀγγέλων θαυματουργεῖ· καί τοῦτο λέγει πᾶσα ἡ θεία Γραφή.

English

Unchangeably: For he was not changed in his divine nature. (He does not depart: For the things appointed, that is, foreordained, by him, he himself took up in the last times and showed to be in himself. And concerning the angel: That the chapter of the angel who strengthened the Lord, which is found in Luke, is also mentioned by the great Dionysius, and that it was handed down to him and to the holy Timothy by the apostle Paul rather unwritten, more secretly in mystery; for Luke wrote down his preaching; and this is made clear, that he received it as in a mystery from his saying, "made manifest in our sacred traditions." Note also the other interpretation, which says that the phrase in Isaiah, "angel of great counsel," is fitting, he says, for the child born in his flesh to be called, and why he was called angel, because they announced to us the counsel of the Father; for having saved us through his own passion, he showed that the Father was also of this counsel; for neither was he called angel as though he were subordinate to the Father; this is against the Arians. Do not receive the chapter of the angel who strengthened him contrary to the interpretation of holy Scripture; for this ought to be understood with reference to the flesh; for elsewhere too the Gospel says, after the temptations, that angels came and ministered to him; and that he grew weary from the journey and that he was hungry; for all these things show that he took up a perfect man with his sufferings. But someone will say, where was there need of an angel when the divinity was present? We say, then, that God works most wonders through angels; and all divine Scripture says this.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:142 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐκφαντορικήν: Κατά τό πρός τόν Πατέρα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ λεχθέν, «ἐφανέρωσά σου τό ὄνομα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις».

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Ε' ( Τάς οὐρανίας οὐσίας: Τί δήποτε, μιᾶς οὐσίας εἶναι πάντας ἁγίους τούς ἀγγέλους λεγούσης τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ὁ θεῖος Διονύσιος πολλάς ὀνομάζει δυνάμεις; Ὁ γοῦν μέγας Διονύσιος, ὁ Αλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπος, ὁ ἀπό ρητόρων, ἐν τοῖς σχολίοις οἷς πεποίηκεν εἰς τόν μακάριον Διονύσιον τόν αὐτοῦ συνώνυμον, οὕτω λέγει, ὅτι ἀγέννητον εἴωθε καλεῖν ἡ ἔξω σοφία πᾶσαν ἀόρατον φύσιν, ὁμοίως καί οὐσίας τάς ὑποστάσεις· κἀκ τούτου φησίν, ὅτι κατά τούς ἔξω εἴρηνται τῷ ἁγίῳ Διονυσίῳ αἱ τοιαῦται φωναί καταχρηστικῶς. Ἐκφαντορίαν: Τουτέστι τήν ἔκφασιν, ἤτοι διασάφησιν. Ὀνομάζουσι: Τήν ἐσχάτην τῶν νοητῶν τάξιν κυρίως ἀγγέλους φησί προσαγορεύεσθαι, τάς δέ ὑπερβεβηκυίας ἑτέρως, ὧν ἐνίας καί ὀνομάζει· ἐν δέ τῷ ἑξῆς κεφαλαίῳ τῶν ἐννέα ταγμάτων μυστικῶς ἀπομνημονεύει· νῦν δέ τελέως λέγει, ὅτι αἱ ἀνώτεραι τάξεις ἐπίστανται μέν ὅσα αἱ ὑποβεβηκυῖαι δι' ἐλλάμψεως μεμύηνται, γινώσκουσι δέ καί ἕτερα ταῖς ὑποκειμέναις ἄγνωστα· εἰ δέ καί οὕτως ἐστίν, ὅμως γενικῷ ὀνόματι καί ἄγγελοι ἔσθ' ὅτε καλοῦνται πάντα τά νοητά τάγματα. Φησί δέ καί διά τί, ὡς ἐν τῷ ἑκατοστῷ δευτέρῳ ψαλμῷ· «εὐλογεῖτε τόν

English

Manifestative: According to what was said by him to the Father, "I have manifested your name to men."

ON CHAPTER 5 ( The heavenly essences: Why is it that, when the Church says that all the holy angels are of one essence, the divine Dionysius names many powers? The great Dionysius, then, the bishop of Alexandria, the one from among the rhetoricians, in the scholia which he made on the blessed Dionysius his namesake, says thus: that the wisdom outside [the Church] is accustomed to call every invisible nature "unbegotten," and likewise the hypostases "essences"; and from this, he says, such expressions have been spoken by the holy Dionysius in accordance with those outside [the Church], by catachresis. Manifestation: That is, the manifestation, or clarification. They name: He says that the last of the intelligible orders is properly called "angels," but those that have surpassed [them] are [called] otherwise, some of which he also names; and in the following chapter he mystically recalls the nine ranks; but now he says completely that the higher orders know what the lower have been initiated into through illumination, and they also know other things unknown to those below them; but even if this is so, nevertheless all the intelligible orders are sometimes called "angels" by a generic name. And he says also why, as in the one hundred and second psalm: "Bless the

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:143 · narrative
Source · Greek

Κύριον, πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ»· καί ἐν τῷ ἑκατοστῷ τρίτῳ· «ὁ ποιῶν τούς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα», καί τά ἑξῆς. Οὐκ ἀντιστρέφει δέ ὁ λόγος· τά γάρ ὑποβεβηκότα οὐκ ὀνομάζεται τῷ τῶν ἀνωτέρων γνωρίσματι, καί ὅτι διά τῶν ὑπερβεβηκυιῶν δυνάμεων αἱ ὑποβεβηκυῖαι μυσταγωγοῦνται. Ἀποπερατοῦσαν: Τουτέστι τήν ἐσχάτην τάξιν τῶν ἀγγελικῶν διατάξεων. Φαμέν δέ: Ἐρωτήσειεν ἄν τις· Αὗται αἱ τῶν οὐρανίων τάξεις, ( αἱ ὑπερβεβηκυῖαι, καί κατώτεραι, καί ἔτι ὑφειμέναι οὗτως ἐγένετο, ὥστε τήν μέν ἀνωτέραν εἶναι, τήν δέ κατωτέραν; Καί λέγομεν, ὅτι καί τά νοητά πάντα αὐτεξούσια ἐδημιούργησεν ὁ Θεός· εἰ γάρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος αὐτεξούσιος ἐγένετο, ἐκ χοϊκοῦ φυράματος καί ψυχῆς ὑπάρχων, πόσῳ μᾶλλον αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις, αἱ μηδέν ἔχουσι γεῶδες ἤ βαρύ, αὐτεξούσιοι ἐγένοντο; Τοῦτο γάρ καί ἡ θεία παρίστησι Γραφή, λέγουσα, τόν διάβολον ἐξ ἀγγελικῆς ἑκουσίως ἐκπεσεῖν τάξεως· καί οὗτος δέ ὁ θεῖος ἀνήρ πρό δύο φύλλων περί ἀγγελικῶν δυνάμεων· ὅτι νοητῶς γάρ ἐπί τό θεομίμητον ἑαυτάς ἀποτυποῦσαι καί πρός τήν θεαρχικήν ἐμφέρειαν ὑπερκοσμίως ἁρῶσαι καί μορφοῦν ἐφιέμεναι τό νοερόν αὐτῶν εἶδος, ἐξ ὦν πάντων δείκνυται, ὡς αὐτοπροαίρετοι καί αὐτεξούσιοί εἰσιν αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις. Εἰκότως οὖν φησιν, ὅτι ἑκάστη πρός τήν ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἰδίας τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐφέσεως ἐλλάμπεται θείας κατανοήσεις· διά τοῦτο καί τάξεις καλοῦνται, βαθμηδόν, ὥσπερ τῆς ἐν αὐταῖς ἐφέσεως οὔσης. Διά τοῦτο ἐνταῦθα, φησίν, οὐκ ἔχει λόγον, τήν τελευταίαν τάξιν σεραφίμ ἤ θρόνους ὀνομάζειν. Σημείωσαι δέ διά τί καλοῦνται πάντα τά τάγματα ἄγγελοι·

English

Lord, all his angels," and in the one hundred and third: "who makes his angels spirits," and so on. But the statement does not convert: for things subordinate are not named by the designation of things superior, and because the subordinate powers are initiated into the mysteries through the superior powers. "Concluding": that is, the last order of the angelic ranks. And we say: Someone might ask: These orders of heavenly beings—the superior, the lower, and those still further below—came to be so that one is higher and another lower? And we say that God created all noetic things self-determining; for if man, being from earthly clay and a soul, became self-determining, how much more were the noetic powers, which have nothing earthly or heavy, created self-determining? For this the divine Scripture also sets forth, saying that the devil fell voluntarily from the angelic order; and this same divine man, two leaves earlier, concerning the angelic powers: that, noetically imprinting themselves upon the imitation of God and striving supercosmically toward the divine-principial likeness and desiring to form their noetic form—from all of which it is shown that the noetic powers are self-choosing and self-determining. Reasonably, then, he says that each is illumined with divine understandings in proportion to its own longing for the good; for this reason they are also called orders, as the longing in them being, as it were, by degrees. For this reason, he says, here it is not reasonable to name the last order seraphim or thrones. And note why all the ranks are called angels:

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:144 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὅτι οἱ κυρίως ἄγγελοι ἀνάγουσι τούς ἱερούς ἀνθρώπους ἐπί τάς ἐγνωσμένας αὐτοῖς θείας αὐγάς.

Ἀλλ ' ὥσπερ αὕτη: Ἡ τῶν ἀγγέλων δηλαδή τάξις. Τούς καθ' ἡμᾶς: Τῶν ἐποπτικωτάτων μυστηρίων τούτων ἐμφορηθείς ὁ ἱερός Διονύσιος, ἐκκαλύπτει λέγων, ὡς ἡ μέν τελευταία τάξις, ἡ καλουμένη ἄγγελοι, τούς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἱεράρχας τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν παιδαγωγικῶς χειραγωγοῦσιν ἐπί τήν πρός Θεόν ἀναγωγήν, τήν δέ κατωτέραν τάξιν αὐτήν, τήν ἡμῶν παιδαγωγόν, καί τάς βαθμηδόν ὑπερκειμένας αἱ ἀνώτεραι ὡς ὑποβεβηκυίας μυσταγωγοῦσι. Τῆς ἀποκληρούσης: Τουτέστι τῆς τελευταίας, τῆς τῶν ἀγγέλων φημί. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι δοξάζει κοινάς εἶναι πάσας τάς ὀνομασίας τῶν ἐννέα ταγμάτων, ἑκάστου τάγματος, διά τό κοινῶς ( ἐλλάμπεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ θεοειδοῦς εἰς τήν ἐκ Θεοῦ φωτοδοσίαν, εἰ καί μή ὁμοίως. Ἔστι, φησί, κοινῶς ὀνομάσαι πάσας τάς νοεράς καί ἀσωμάτους τάξεις καί καθ' ἕτερον τρόπον, τουτέστι κατά τό θεοειδές, ὅπερ ἐστί κατά τό τῷ Θεῷ ἐοικέναι· καθ' ὅσον ἐφικτόν ἑκάστῃ αὐτῶν· ὥστε πάσας μέν τάς ὑπέρκοσμίους τάξεις θεοειδεῖς καλεῖσθαι, καί ἑτέραν δέ κοινωνίαν ἔχειν πάσας αὐτάς τήν τῆς φωτεινοτάτης ἐλλάμψεως ἐκ Θεοῦ δωρεάν, κἄν πρός τό ἑκάστη ἐφικτόν ἤ ἐπ' ἕλαττον ἤ ἐπί πλεῖον ἡ ἔλλαμψις δίδωται. Ἐν δέ τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγῳ φησίν, ὅτι θεῖοι μόνοι λέγονται οἱ παντός τάγματος ταξίαρχοι. Ἰδιότητας: Σημείωσαι πῶς ἰδιότητας λέγει τάς ἑκάστης τάξεως ἀναλογίας. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ' § 1.

English

because the angels in the strict sense lead holy men up to the divine splendors known to them.

But just as this: that is, the order of the angels. Those according to us: the sacred Dionysius, filled with these most contemplative mysteries, reveals, saying that the last order, the one called angels, pedagogically guides the hierarchs of the Churches among men by the hand toward the ascent to God, and the higher orders initiate the lower order—this one, our pedagogue—and those successively above them, as being subordinate. Of the one allotting: that is, of the last, I mean the order of the angels. Note that he holds that the names of all nine orders are common, of each order, because they are commonly illumined from the Godlike form unto the light-giving from God, even if not equally. It is possible, he says, commonly to name all the intellectual and incorporeal orders, and in another way as well, that is, according to the Godlike form, which is according to likeness to God, insofar as it is attainable by each of them; so that all the supramundane orders are called Godlike, and all of them have another communion, the gift of the most luminous illumination from God, even if the illumination is given more or less according to what each can attain. But in the discourse On the Divine Names he says that only the divine ones are called the order-leaders of every order. Properties: note how he calls the analogies of each order properties. ON THE CHAPTER § 1.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:145 · narrative
Source · Greek

Μόνην ἀκριβῶς: Ὅτι μόνος ὁ Θεός, ὁ καί θεοποιῶν αὐτούς, οἶδεν ἀκριβῶς αὐτούς τε καί τάς αὐτῶν λειτουργίας, καί αὐτοί δέ ἴσασιν αὐτούς καί τά ἑαυτῶν. Ἡμεῖς γάρ οὐδέν ἀκριβῶς τῶν κατ' αὐτούς ἐπιστάμεθα, εἰ μή ὅσα ἐκ τῆς θείας ἐδιδάχθημεν Γραφῆς.

Ἐννέα: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἐννέα εἰσί τάγματα θεῖα τῶν νοητῶν. § 2. Ἱεροτελεστής: Ἱεροτελεστήν μέν οἰκεῖον εἴωθε καλεῖν ἤ τόν θειότατον ἀπόστολον Παῦλον, ἤ τόν ἅγιον Ἱερόθεον, ὡς ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων ἐλέχθη

λόγῳ· νῦν δέ οὐδένα ἕτερον ἠγοῦμαι λέγειν αὐτόν, ἤ τόν ἅγιον Παῦλον· οὐδενός γάρ ἦν ἄλλου ἤ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἄχρι τρίτου οὐρανοῦ φθάσαντος καί τά περί τούτων μυηθέντος.

Πρώτη τριαδική τάξις.

Θρόνοι, χερουβίμ, σεραφίμ.

Προσεχῶς: Περί τοῦ Θεῷ ἐγγίξοντος πρώτου τῶν ἱερῶν ταγμάτων. ( Ἁγιωτάτους: Τήν πρώτην τριαδικήν ταύτην καί θεοειδῆ ταξιαρχίαν ἔστι τόν νουνεχῶς καί ἀξίως Θεοῦ κατοπτεύοντα καταλαβεῖν ἀπό τε τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ, ὅς φησι θρόνον πρῶτον, ἐφ' οὗ ὤφθη ὁ Θεός, εἶτα εὐθύς ἐχόμενα τά θεῖα χερουβίμ· παρά δέ τῷ Ἠσαΐα τά ἁγιώτατα σεραφίμ κύκλῳ ἱστάμενα τοῦ Θεοῦ θεωροῦντα. Ταῦτα δέ δηλοῖ τήν ὑπέρ πάντας ἀνωτάτω παρά τόν Θεόν αὐτῶν λῆξιν· σαφηνίζεται δέ ταῦτα σχεδόν παραπλησίως καί ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἀποστόλου, εὐαγγελιστοῦ καί θεολόγου. Ἀμέσως: Ἀμέσως εἴρηται, ἐπειδή οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο τάγμα πρό αὐτῆς. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τούς θρόνους, ἤτοι τά πολυόμματα καί τά πολύπτερα χερουβίμ καί σεραφίμ λέγει ἀνωτέρας εἶναι πασῶν δυνάμεις καί τῆς μιᾶς τριαδικῆς ἱεραρχίας. Ὁ κλεινός: Τόν ἅγιον Παῦλον αἰνίττεται.

English

Only precisely: That God alone, who also deifies them, knows them precisely and their liturgies, and they too know themselves and their own. For we know nothing precisely of what pertains to them, except what we have been taught from the divine Scripture.

Nine: Note that there are nine divine orders of the intelligible beings. § 2. Hieroteleut: He customarily calls the hieroteleut either the most divine apostle Paul or Saint Hierotheus, as was said in the discourse On the Divine Names; but now I think he means no one other than Saint Paul; for it was no one else but he who reached as far as the third heaven and was initiated into the things concerning these.

First triadic order.

Thrones, cherubim, seraphim.

Closely: Concerning the first of the sacred orders that draws near to God. (Most holy: This first triadic and God-like order can be grasped by one who contemplates with understanding and in a manner worthy of God, both from Ezekiel, who speaks first of a throne, upon which God was seen, and then immediately after, the divine cherubim; and in Isaiah, the most holy seraphim standing in a circle and beholding God. And these things reveal their lot above all others, highest before God; and these things are clarified in nearly similar fashion also in the Revelation of Saint John, the apostle, evangelist, and theologian. Immediately: It is said immediately because there is no other order before it. Note also that he says the thrones, that is, the many-eyed and many-winged cherubim and seraphim, are higher than all the powers and than the one triadic hierarchy. The renowned: He hints at Saint Paul.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:146 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐξουσιῶν: Τάς ἐφεξῆς δύο τριαδικάς τῶν νοητῶν ἁγίας ταξιαρχίας κάτωθεν εἰς ἄνω καταλέγει· πρῶται γάρ εἰσιν αἱ κυριότητες, εἶτα ἑξῆς αἱ δυνάμεις, εἶτα αἱ ἐξουσίαι. Αὐτός δέ τάς ἐξουσίας πρώτας τάξας, μέσας ἔλαβε τάς κυριότητας, καί τῆς τρίτης λειτουργικῆς τριάδος πρῶται αἱ ἀρχαί, εἶτα λοιπόν οἱ ἀρχάγγελοι, καί τό τελευταῖον ἄγγελοι. Νῦν οὖν οὐχ οὕτως αὐτῶν ἐμνημόνευσεν ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς κεφαλαίῳ, ἀλλά κάτωθεν εἰς ἄνω λαβών ὠνόμασεν. Ὁ μέν οὖν Ἀπόστολος ἔν τε τῇ πρός Ρωμαίους καί ἐν τῇ πρός Ἐφεσίους μέμνηται ἐνίων ἀγγελικῶν ταγμάτων, οὐ ταύτην δέ τήν τάξιν ὑφηγεῖται. Δηλοῖ δέ ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, ὅτι ἐν μυστηρίῳ ταῦτα παρέδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος.

ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Ζ' § 1. Πάλιν ἡ ἐπιγραφή κάτωθεν ἐπί τά ὑπέρτερα ἄνεισι ( τά γάρ τρίτα σεραφίμ, τά δέ δεύτερα χερουβίμ, καί τά πρῶτα θρόνοι. Ἀντιστρόφως οὖν ἐπέγραψεν.

Ἐπωνυμία: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι πᾶν ὄνομα τῶν ἱερῶν σημασίαν περιέχει τῆς τοῦ τάγματος ἰδικῆς ἐνεργείας, ὡς τῶν ἁγίων σεραφίμ καί χερουβίμ τῶν ὀνομάτων αἱ ἑρμηνεῖαι δηλοῦσιν, ἐπειδή οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο τάγμα πρό αὐτῆς. Θεοφανείας: Εἰς γάρ τούς πρώτους ἐργάζονται, ἐνεργούμεναι αἱ πρῶται θεοφάνειαι.

English

Of the Authorities: He enumerates the two consecutive triadic holy orders of the intelligible powers from below to above; for first are the dominions, then next the powers, then the authorities. But he, having placed the authorities first, took the dominions as middle, and of the third liturgical triad the principalities are first, then thereafter the archangels, and finally the angels. Now therefore he did not mention them in this way in the following chapter, but taking them from below to above he named them. The Apostle indeed mentions some of the angelic orders both in the Epistle to the Romans and in that to the Ephesians, but he does not set forth this order. The great Dionysius makes clear that the divine Apostle handed these things down to the saints in mystery.

ON CHAPTER 7 § 1. Again the inscription ascends from below to the higher things (for the third are the seraphim, the second the cherubim, and the first the thrones. He has therefore inscribed it in reverse order.

Appellation: Note that every name of the sacred things contains the signification of the order's own proper activity, as the interpretations of the names of the holy seraphim and cherubim make clear, since there is no other order before it. Of Theophanies: For they work upon the first, the first theophanies being wrought in them.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:147 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐκφαντορικῷ: Ἀντί τοῦ ἑρμηνευτικῷ καί παραστατικῷ. Θεοειδῶν: Ἐπειδή θεοειδεῖς ἕξεις φησίν ἐπί τῶν θείων νοῶν, οὐ χρή ὑπολαμβάνειν τόν μέγαν Διονύσιον τάς ἀρετάς ταύτας τάς νοητάς ὡς συμβεβηκός, ἅτε καί ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν προσγίνεσθαι λέγειν, ὡς ἄλλη ἐν ἄλλῳ ὑποκειμένῳ, οἱονεί ποιότητα προσγινομένην· τό γάρ συμβεβηκός καί ὑποκείμενον ἐκεῖθεν ἀπελήλαται, ὅτε καί πᾶσα σύνθεσις καί τό τῆς ὕλης ἄμορφον ἐκεῖθεν ἐξώρισται. Εἰ γάρ ἦν ἄλλο ἐν ἄλλῳ, οἷον συμβεβηκός ἐν ὑποκειμένῳ, οὐκ ἄν ἔζη καθ' ἑαυτήν ἡ οὐσία ἐκείνη, οὐδέ θεοῦσθαι καθ' ἑαυτήν ὡς ἐφικτόν ἠδύνατο, διά μόνην τάξιν τήν ὡς ἄλλο ἐν ἄλλῳ φυλαττομένην· αἱ οὖν ἐν αὐτοῖς εἰρημέναι ἕξεις αὐτουσιωμέναι εἰσίν, οὐ μήν ὡς συμβεβηκός ἐν ὑποκειμένῳ, διά τό ἄϋλον. Ὅθεν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος κάτωθεν ἐν τῷ Περί τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱεραρχίας λόγῳ κεφαλαίῳ τετάρτῳ οὐσιώδεις φησίν εἶναι τάς ἕξεις τάς ἐν αὐτοῖς.

Ἕξεων: Σημειωσαι, ὅτι αἱ θεῖαι δυνάμεις καθ' ἕξιν ἔχουσι τό θεοειδές. Ἕξις δέ ἐστι ποιότης ἕμμονος.

English

By "manifestatory": instead of "interpretive" and "representative." By "godlike": since he calls the states on the divine minds godlike, one must not suppose that the great Dionysius says these intelligible virtues accrue as an accident, as even in our own case, as one thing in another subject, as it were a quality accruing; for accident and subject are banished from there, since all composition and the formlessness of matter are excluded from there. For if it were one thing in another, as an accident in a subject, that essence would not live by itself, nor could it be deified by itself as far as attainable, because of the mere order preserved as one thing in another. The states, then, spoken of in them are essentialized, not however as an accident in a subject, because of their immateriality. Hence the great Dionysius, below in the discourse On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy, in the fourth chapter, says that the states in them are essential.

By "states": Note that the divine powers possess the godlike by state. And a state is a permanent quality.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:148 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐντεῦθεν οὖν δηλοῦται, ὅτι αὐτεξούσιοί εἰσιν ἕξει τάς ἀρετάς κτώμεναι. Τοῦτο πλατύτερον παριστᾷ Ἄμμων ὁ Αδριανουπολίτης, ( ἐν τοῖς Περί ἀναστάσεως αὐτῷ κατά Ὠριγένους γεγραμμένοις λόγοις. Ὑψηλοτάτων: Διά τί λέγονται θρόνοι.

Περιπεζίας: Ἀντί τοῦ, τῆς πρός τό χθαμαλόν βάσεως. Σημείωσαι δέ, τίς ὁ σκοπός πάσης ἱεραρχίας.

Ὑφέσεως: Ἀνωτάτην τινά φύσιν καί μετά Θεόν εὐθύς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τεταγμένην δηλοῖ τούς θρόνους, οὐδέν ἐπί τά ὑλικά προσέχοντας, ὡς σημαίνει τό μηθέν αὐτούς ἔχειν περιπεζίας ὑφέσεως, ἤτοι ἐνδόσεως, καί τῆς πρός τό κάτω νεύσεως, ἀλλά τό ἐπί Θεόν ἀναβατικόν, ἀνωφερῶς προσέχον. Καλῶς δέ ἐπήγαγεν 'ὑπερκοσμίως', ἀντί τοῦ ἀσωμάτως καί ἀΰλως καί νοητῶς, ἤτοι νοερῶς· ἵνα γάρ μή νομίσῃς τό ἄναντες ὁδόν εἶναι σωματικήν, ἐπήγαγε τό ἀΰλως.

Θεοφόρον: Σημειωσαι, ὅτι καί τό τῶν ἁγίων θρόνων τάγμα 'θεοφόρον' εἶπεν, ὡς φέρον ἐπαναπαυόμενον νοητῶς τόν Θεόν. Ὅρα οὖν, ἐπειδή ὁ μακάριος Βασίλειος ὁ Καππαδόκης τήν θεοφόρον εἶπε σάρκα, σκοπητέον πῶς εἴρηται. Ἀλλ' ἡ μέν σάρξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου κατ' οὐσίαν καί καθ' ὑπόστασιν ἤνωται αὐτῷ τῷ Θεῷ Λόγῳ, διό καί σαρκοφορεῖν αὐτός λέγεται παρά τῶν Πατέρων καί σάρκα ἐνδύσασθαι· τί ἄτοπον οὖν εἰ καί ἡ σάρξ αὐτοῦ λέγεται θεοφόρος, ὡς φέρουσα τόν Θεόν Λόγον καθ' ἕνωσιν ἀδιάστατον, αὐτοῦ καί σάρξ καί λεγομένη ὑπάρχουσα κυρίως καί κατά ἀλήθειαν;

English

From this, then, it is made clear that they are self-determining, acquiring the virtues by habit. Ammonius of Adrianople sets this forth more fully in his discourses written against Origen, in his work On the Resurrection. "Most high": why are they called thrones?

"Footstool": instead of "the base toward the lowly." Note what the purpose of every hierarchy is.

"Abasement": he indicates that the thrones are a certain highest nature, ranked immediately after God by him, paying no attention to material things, as is signified by their having nothing of a footstool abasement—that is, yielding—and of a downward inclination, but rather the upward-moving toward God, attending in an upward-tending manner. And well did he add "supramundanely," instead of "incorporeally and immaterially and intelligibly," that is, "intellectually"; for lest you suppose the ascent to be a bodily journey, he added "immaterially."

"God-bearing": note that he also called the order of the holy thrones "god-bearing," as bearing God, who rests upon them intelligibly. Observe, then, since the blessed Basil of Cappadocia called the flesh "god-bearing," one must consider how this is said. But the flesh of the Lord himself is united to God the Word himself in essence and in person, wherefore he is also said by the Fathers to bear flesh and to have put on flesh; what absurdity, then, if his flesh too is called god-bearing, as bearing God the Word in an inseparable union, since it is both called and truly is his flesh in the proper sense?

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:149 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὗτοι δέ κατά χάριν ἔχοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τόν Θεόν ἀρρήτῳ τε λόγῳ καί ἀνεννοήτῳ τῇ διανοίᾳ θεοφόροι (α'.) καί αὐτοί διά τοῦτο λέγονται, ὅτι πρώτως μετέχουσιν αἱ πρῶται δυνάμεις τοῦ Θεοῦ, καί οὕτω μεταδιδόασι ταῖς ὑποδεεστέραις τήν γενομένην εἰς αὐτάς ἔλλαμψιν.

§ 2. β'. Ταῖς πρώταις: Οὕτω τήν καθ' ὑπέρβασιν ἀνάγνωσιν νοητέον· ταῖς πρώταις οὐσίαις οἰκείαν οἰητέον εἶναι ἱεραρχίαν τήν ὁμοειδῆ αὐταῖς κατά πάντα, τά δέ λοιπά διά μέσου.

( Ἀοράτου: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι πάσης ἀοράτου καί ὁρατῆς δυνάμεως μείζους εἰσίν αἱ πρῶται τρεῖς αὗται τάξεις. γ'. Γεγονυίας: Τουτέστι κτιστῆς.

Φαντασιῶν: Ὅτι πάσης φαντασίας προσύλου ἀνεπίδεκτοί εἰσι καί ἀμιγεῖς πάσης ὑφέσεως, ὅτι οὐ μόνον αἱ θεῖαι δυνάμεις αὐταί κηλίδων καί μολυσμῶν ἠλευθέρωνται, ἀλλά καί πάσης ἐλαττώσεως καί τήν ἐπί τά χείρω μείωσιν οὐδ' ὅλως εἰδυῖαι. Τοῦτο δέ νόησον, οὐχ ὅτι κατά φύσιν ἄτρεπτοί εἰσιν, ἀλλ' ὅτι, αὐτοπροαίρετοι οὖσαι διά τῆς εἰς τό ἀγαθόν ἄγαν ἐφέσεως, ἐπί τό Θεῖον ρέψασαι ἔμειναν οὕτως, ἕξιν ὥσπερ ἔχουσαι τό ἀμετακίνητον. Μόνος γάρ κατά φύσιν ἄτρεπτος ὁ Θεός, αὗται δέ, εἰ οὕτως ἐδημιουργήθησαν, οὐκ ἄν ἐξέπιπτεν ὁ διάβολος. Ἀλλά καί αὗται πᾶσαι μιᾶς καί ἴσης τάξεως· τό γάρ ἐκ φύσεως ἀγαθόν ὑπόβασιν οὐκ ἔχει.

English

These, having God within themselves by grace, and being bearers of God in an ineffable word and a thought beyond understanding, are themselves for this reason called bearers of God, because the first powers partake first of God, and thus impart to the lesser ones the illumination that came upon them.

§ 2. To the first: The reading according to transcendence must be understood thus: one must consider that the hierarchy homogeneous with them in all respects belongs to the first essences, while the rest are through the intermediate.

(Of the Invisible: Note that these first three orders are greater than every invisible and visible power. Having come to be: That is, created.

Of phantasies: That they are incapable of receiving any phantasy involving matter and are unmixed with any diminution, because not only are the divine powers themselves freed from stains and defilements, but they are also free from all deficiency and do not know at all any lessening toward the worse. Understand this, however, not that they are immutable by nature, but that, being self-determining, through their exceedingly great longing for the good they inclined toward the divine and so remained, having as it were a habit of immovability. For God alone is immutable by nature; but these, if they had been created thus, the devil would not have fallen. But all these too are of one and equal rank; for the good that is from nature has no step downward.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:150 · narrative
Source · Greek

δ'. Ταυτοκινήτου: Ταυτοκίνητόν φησιν ὁ ἅγιος οὗτος εἶναι τήν κίνησιν αὐτῶν, ὠς ἀπαράλλακτον καί ἀμετάβολον, ὡσαύτως δέ ἔχουσαν. Κινήσεις δέ εἰσιν ἐπ' αὐτῶν αἱ ἄπαυστοι περί τάς νοήσεις ἐνέργειαι· νόες γάρ εἰσιν ἀσίγητοι. Καί σημείωσαι τό κατά τό φιλοθέως ἄτρεπτον, καί ἀνάγνωθι τό τέταρτον κεφάλαιον τοῦ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγου, καί τό ὄγδοον κεφάλαιον τοῦ παρόντος λόγου. ε'. Θεωρητικάς: Σημείωσαι πῶς λέγονται θεωρητικαί αἱ ἅγιαι τάξεις αὗται, καί ὅτι οὐ διά συμβόλων ἤ θεωρημάτων τῆς Γραφῆς τήν θεογνωσίαν κτῶνται, ὡς ἡμεῖς.

στ'. Νοερῶν θεωρούς: Θεωροί λέγονται οἱ τῶν μυστηρίων ἐπόπται· ταῦτα δέ τοῖς ἁγίοις διά τῶν συμβολικῶς λεγομένων περί Θεοῦ αἰσθητῶν ἐκκαλύπτονται, ὅπερ ἐπί τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐννοεῖν. Θεωρίας: Σημείωσαι τήν εἰρημένην τριφανῆ θεωρίαν ἀντί τοῦ τρισυπόστατον μίαν θεότητα.

( Ἰησοῦ: Ἰησοῦ κοινωνίαν τήν μετοχήν τῆς δόξης καί τῆς ἀρρήτου λαμπρότητος τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγει· μετά σαρκός γάρ συνεδρεύει τῷ Πατρί. Ἐν εἰκόσι: Τό δέ εἰρημένον ἐν εἰκόσιν ἀποτυποῦσι τήν ὁμοίωσιν, δέον εἰπεῖν ἀποτυπούσαις, μηδείς ὑπολάβοι σόλοικον, ὡς ἀγνοήσαντος τοῦ μεγάλου Διονυσίου, ἀλλ' ἀκριβῶς ἴστω, ὅτι καί τοῦτο ὡς τῷ ὄντι Ἀθηναῖος καί λίαν Ἀττικός οὕτω φησίν. Ἀττικῶν γάρ ἐστι τό μετοχάς ἀρσενικάς θηλυκοῖς συντάττειν, ὡς καί Ὅμηρος ποιεῖ τήν Ἴριν ἐκ Διός λέγουσαν πρός τήν Ἥραν καί τήν Ἀθηνᾶν· Οὐκ ἔτ' ἐφ' ὑμετέρων ὀχέων πληγέντε κεραυνῷ. Ἄψ ἐς Ὄλυμπον ἵκεσθον.

English

4. Self-moved: This saint says that their motion is self-moved, as being unalterable and immutable, and likewise having it so. And the motions in them are the ceaseless activities concerning thoughts; for they are unceasing intellects. And note the immutability according to godly love, and read the fourth chapter of the discourse On the Divine Names, and the eighth chapter of the present discourse. 5. Contemplative: Note how these holy orders are called contemplative, and that they do not acquire the knowledge of God through symbols or speculations of Scripture, as we do.

6. Beholders of things intelligible: Beholders are those who oversee the mysteries; and these things are revealed to the saints through the sensible things said symbolically about God, which it is not possible to conceive in the case of the powers above. Contemplations: Note the threefold contemplation mentioned, instead of the one Godhead in three persons.

(Of Jesus: He calls communion with Jesus the participation in the glory and the ineffable splendor of the body of Christ; for with the flesh he sits with the Father. In images: But the phrase "in images," they stamp the likeness, though it ought to be said "stamping," let no one suppose it a solecism, as though the great Dionysius were ignorant, but let him know precisely that this too he says as one truly Athenian and very Attic. For it is characteristic of Attic writers to join masculine participles with feminine nouns, as Homer also does when Iris says from Zeus to Hera and Athena: No longer on your chariots, struck by the thunderbolt, did you two come back to Olympus.)

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:151 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἔδει γάρ ἀντί τοῦ πληγέντε, ἀρσενικοῦ ὄντος δυϊκοῦ, εἰπεῖν πληγείσα, δυϊκόν θηλυκόν. Καί τοῦτό φασι καί κωμικοί, θηλυκόν ἀντ' οὐδετέρου, ὡς ἀρσενικόν κατά θηλυκόν, καί Πλάτων καί Εὐριπίδης ἐν Βάκχαις· Διανεύων δρομάσι βλεφάροις, Τό βλέφαρον γάρ δρομάς οὐκ ἄν τις εἴποι. Καί ἐν Ὀρέστη· Μανιάσι λυσσήμασι.

Θεουργικήν: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἡ πρός τόν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν ὁμοίωσις θεουργική ἐστι, τουτέστιν ἐργάζεται θεούς τούς ὁμοιουμένους· καί πῶς ἀμέσως καί δίχα συμβόλων αἱ τάξεις αὗται ὁμοιοῦνται Χριστῷ, παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦτο λαβοῦσαι. Πρωτουργῷ: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί πρωτόκτιστοί εἰσι δυνάμεις ( αὗται, καί τάς ἀρετάς τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ὡς δυνάμεις αὗται ἔχουσι. Τετελεσμένας δέ: Σημείωσαι, πῶς λέγονται τετελεσμέναι αἱ θεῖαι δυνάμεις αὗται.

Ἀναλυτικήν: Τήν τῶν ποικιλιῶν ἐπιστήμην φησί τήν ἑρμηνευτικήν καί σαφηνιστικήν ἐξήγησιν τῆς περιπεπλεγμένης ἱερᾶς παραδόσεως, ἦς δέονται καί αἱ ὑφειμέναι τάξεις, ὡς ἐφεξῆς φησι, πολλῷ δέ πλέον ἄνθρωποι· δίχα γάρ ἐξηγήσεων ἀναλυουσῶν τήν πολυποίκιλον σοφίαν τῶν ἁγίων θεωρημάτων οὐ δυνατόν αὐτά νοῆσαι, οὔτε ἡμᾶς, οὔτε τά ὑπερβεβηκότα τάς πρώτας τρεῖς τάξεις. Ὅθεν φησίν, ὡς τῶν μέν ὑποβεβηκυιῶν τάξεων ἑκάστη ἡ πρώτη ἱεραρχεῖ μόνον καί οὐκ ἄλλη δύναμις, τῆς δέ τῶν ἀνωτάτω τούτων διακόσμων ἱεραρχίας ὁ Θεός ἱεραρχεῖ μόνος, καί οὐκ ἄλλη δύναμις.

English

For it was necessary to say "struck" in the feminine dual instead of "struck" in the masculine dual, since the masculine is dual. And this, they say, the comic poets also do, using the feminine for the neuter, as the masculine for the feminine—both Plato and Euripides in the Bacchae: "Flashing with running eyelids"; for one would not call the eyelid "running." And in the Orestes: "With maddening rabid fits."

Note on "god-working": that the likeness to the Lord Jesus is god-working, that is, it works gods of those who are made like; and how these orders are made like Christ directly and without symbols, having received this from Him Himself. Note on "first-working": that these powers are also first-created, and they possess the virtues of the Lord Jesus Christ as powers. Note on "perfected": how these divine powers are said to be perfected.

"Analytic": he means the science of varieties, the interpretive and clarifying explanation of the intricate sacred tradition, which even the subordinate orders need, as he says next, and much more so humans; for without explanations that analyze the manifold wisdom of the holy contemplations, it is not possible to understand them, neither for us nor for those that have surpassed the first three orders. Hence he says that of the subordinate orders, the first of each hierarchizes only, and no other power does; but over the hierarchy of these highest orders, God alone hierarchizes, and no other power.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:152 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἱεραρχούμεναι: Τουτέστι μυσταγωγούμεναι. Τοῦτο γοῦν: Ἀποδείξεις γραφικαί τῶν εἰρημένων. § 3. Ἐκδιδάσκεσθαι: Σημείωσαι τό ἐκδιδάσκεσθαι· δηλοῖ γάρ μή κατά φύσιν εἶναι αὐτάς τοιαύτας.

Τάς δέ πασῶν ὑψηλοτέρας: Ἐπειδή γάρ πασῶν ἀνώτεραί εἰσι καί οὐδέν ἔχουσι τό ὑπέρτερον, ὅσον εἰς ἑτέρας δυνάμεις, εἰκότως ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ μόνου πρῶται ὡς ἀνώτεραι μυοῦνται τήν θείαν γνῶσιν. Εἰς οὐρανούς: Σημείωσαι κατά Βασιλειανῶν, ἤτοι Νεστοριανῶν, ὅτι ὁ ἀναληφθείς καθ' ὅ ἄνθρωπος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Κύριος τῶν νοητῶν πάντων καί βασιλεύς τῆς δόξης, ὡς μυούμενοι μανθάνουσι παρά τῶν λεγόντων, «ἄρατε πύλας, οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὑμῶν”, καί πυνθανόμενοι, «τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Βασιλεύς τῆς δόξης;”, καί αὖθις ἀκούοντες, «Κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων» ( καί τά ἑξῆς. Κατά δέ Ἀκεφάλων καί Εὐτυχιανιστῶν, ὅτι, κἄν Κύριος δυνάμεων, ἀλλ’ οὖν σάρξ καί σαφής ἄνθρωπος, ὡς καί πρός τό ξένον ἐκπλήττεσθαι τάς ἑξῆς ἀρχάς.

Θεουργίας: Καλῶς θεουργίαν ἐκάλεσε τήν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν οἰκονομίαν· Θεοῦ γάρ ἦν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἔργα πάντα τά κατά οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Κυρίου· ὁ τόκος ὁ ἅγιος καί ἰάσεις, τά ἐπί τῷ πάθει σημεῖα καί ἡ ἀνάστασις. Ἐγώ γάρ φημι: Τά δέ, «ἐγώ γάρ διαλέγομαι δικαιοσύνην καί κρίσιν σωτηρίου», Ἠσαΐου εἰσί· καί ὅρα πῶς ταῦτα νενόηκεν. Ἄγαμαι δέ: Τό ρητόν οὕτω συνθετέον· θαυμάζω πῶς αἱ πρῶται ὡς μέσαι τῶν θεαρχικῶν ἐλλάμψεων εὐλαβῶς ἐφίενται.

English

Being hierarchically ordered: That is, being initiated. This, then: Scriptural proofs of what has been said. § 3. To be taught thoroughly: Note "to be taught thoroughly," for it shows that they are not such by nature.

But the ones higher than all: For since they are above all and have nothing superior to them, as far as other powers are concerned, reasonably they alone are first initiated into divine knowledge by God himself, as being higher. Into the heavens: Note against the Basilians, that is the Nestorians, that Jesus Christ, taken up as man, is himself the Lord of all things intelligible and the King of glory, as those being initiated learn from those who say, "Lift up your gates, you rulers," and who ask, "Who is this King of glory?" and again hear, "The Lord of hosts" and what follows. And against the Acephali and Eutychianists, that, even if he is Lord of hosts, yet he is flesh and manifest man, so that the next principalities are astonished at the strange thing.

Divine workings: He rightly called the economy for our sake "divine working," for all the things done in the economy of the Lord were truly works of God: the holy birth and healings, the signs at the passion, and the resurrection. For I say: But the words, "For I speak of righteousness and judgment of salvation," are Isaiah's; and observe how he has understood these things. And I marvel: The saying must be composed thus: I marvel how the first ones, as those in the middle, reverently aspire to the divine illuminations.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:153 · narrative
Source · Greek

Μεσοπετεῖς: Μεσοπετεῖς ἔφη, ὡς μή πρός τό ἄκρον τοῦ ὕψους ἀνιπταμένας, ἀλλά τοῦ μέσου ἐφικνουμένας· τό δέ διαπορεῖν σημαίνει τό λέγειν, «τίς οὗτος ὁ παραγενόμενος ἐξ Ἐδώμ;».

Ἐρωτῶσιν: Ὅρα μετά πόσου φόβου καί εὐλαβείας αἱ πασῶν ἀνώταται τάξεις, ὡς μέσαι, καί οὐχί πρώτισται, ἐρωτῶσιν ἀλλήλας, πρῶτον τά παρά τῷ Ἠσαΐα, «τίς οὗτος ὁ παραγενόμενος ἐξ Ἐδώμ; ἐρύθημα ἱματίων αὐτοῦ ἐκ Βοσόρ», καί τότε, ὥσπερ ἐπιτρεπόμεναι παρά Θεοῦ, πρός αὐτόν λέγουσι· «Διά τί σου ἐρυθρά τά ἱμάτια;».

Παναγεστάτης καθάρσεως: Σημείωσαι πῶς φησι καθαίρεσθαι καί φωτίζεσθαι καί τελεσιουργεῖσθαι τάς θείας τάξεις.

Τῆς καθάρσεως: Σημείωσαι τίς ἡ κάθαρσις ἐπί τῶν νοῶν, καί τίς ἡ ἄγνοια. Ἀπλέτου φωτός: Ἄπλετον τό μέγα καί πολύ. Τελεσιουργεῖται: Σημείωσαι πῶς καθαίρονται καί φωτίζονται καί τελεσιουργοῦνται αἱ θεῖαι τάξεις αὗται.

( Καθ' ἕξιν: Καθ' ἕξιν ἐπιστήμη ἐστίν ἡ ἔμμονος καί ἀναπόβλητος τῆς ἐλλαμφθείσης γνώσεως κατάληψις.

English

Mid-heaven: He called them "mid-heaven," as not flying up to the very summit of height, but reaching the middle; and "to question" means to say, "Who is this that comes from Edom?"

They ask: Observe with how much fear and reverence the highest of all orders, as being middle and not first, ask one another, first the things in Isaiah, "Who is this that comes from Edom, his garments red from Bozrah?" and then, as if permitted by God, they say to him: "Why are your garments red?"

Of all-holy purification: Note how he says that the divine orders are purified and illuminated and perfected.

Of the purification: Note what the purification is in the case of the intellects, and what the ignorance is. Of boundless light: "Boundless" means great and much. It is perfected: Note how these divine orders are purified and illuminated and perfected.

By habit: By habit knowledge is the abiding and irremovable apprehension of the illumined knowledge.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:154 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἡ κύκλῳ: Ἐπειδή καί ἐστηκυίας καί κύκλῳ Θεοῦ περιχορευούσας ἀμέσως τάς πρώτας ταύτας ταξιαρχίας φησί, σαφηνιστέον, πῶς καί ἑστᾶσι καί κινοῦνται, καθάπερ ἐν χορείᾳ κύκλῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καί τέως μέν ἐξ Ἠσαΐου τήν ἀφορμήν εἴληφεν, ὅς λέγει, «καί σεραφίμ εἱστήκει κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ· ἕξ πτέρυγας τῷ ἑνί», καί τά ἑξῆς· ἐπάγει δέ, «καί ταῖς δυσίν ἐπέταντο»· πῶς γάρ ἑστῶτα περιεπέταντο κύκλῳ; Καί νοητέον οὗτως· πᾶς νοῦς ἐκ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου Θεοῦ ἐκλάμψας, ἐπειδή ἀπό τοῦ δημιουργήσαντος ἐξέλαμψε, λέγεται περί αὐτόν ὡς περί κέντρον κινεῖσθαι, τῆς κινήσεως οὐ τοπικῆς τινος οὔσης, ἀλλά νοερᾶς καί ζώσης· ἔστι δέ νοῦ κύκλῳ κίνησις τοιαύτη· πᾶν τό νοοῦν ἤ νοῦς ὤν νοεῖ, ἤ ὡς μετέχον νοῦ. Ὁ μέν νοῦς ὤν, πρώτως νοεῖ, τό δέ μετέχον νοῦ δευτέρως νοεῖ· κατά τοῦτο μέν οὖν, καθ' ὅ νοῦς ὤν νοεῖ, κινεῖσθαι λέγοιτο ἄν· κυκλική δέ ἐπινοεῖται ἡ κίνησις αὔτη καθ' ὅ ἀνακάμπτων καί περί αὐτόν γινόμενος, οὕτος ἑαυτόν νοήσει καί τόν πρό αὐτοῦ, ἐξ οὗ ἐξέλαμψεν, ὡς οὖν ἐκ Θεοῦ βουληθέντος προβληθείς, περί αὐτόν, ἀντί τοῦ περί τήν Θεοῦ ἔφεσιν καί ἀγάπην, ὡς περί κέντρον, ἔσται· οὐ γάρ ἑνοῦνται τά δεύτερα τοῖς πρό αὐτῶν, ἀλλά χορείᾳ τινί τό γινόμενον ἔοικε· τά γάρ γεννώμενα εἶναι ἐν τῷ οἰκείῳ ἐφιέμενα, τόν γεννῶντα περιαθρεῖ· τό οὖν τῇ νοήσει πρός τά πρό αὐτοῦ ἐπεστραμμένον, κυκλικῆς κινήσεως ἔννοιαν εἰσάγει.

English

Encircling": Since he says that these first ranks of angels stand and dance in a circle immediately around God, it must be clarified how they both stand and move, as in a dance in a circle around God. And for the present he has taken his starting point from Isaiah, who says, "And seraphim stood around him; six wings to each one," and so on; and he adds, "and with two they flew." For how could those who stood be flying around in a circle? And it must be understood thus: every intellect that has shone forth from God, the cause of all things, since it shone forth from the one who created it, is said to move around him as around a center, this motion being not spatial but intellectual and living. And the circular motion of an intellect is of this kind: everything that understands either understands as being an intellect, or as partaking of intellect. The one that is an intellect understands primarily, while that which partakes of intellect understands secondarily. In this respect, then, insofar as it understands as being an intellect, it may be said to move; and this motion is conceived as circular insofar as, turning back and coming to be around itself, it will thus understand itself and the one before it, from whom it shone forth. As therefore it was projected by God's will, it will be around him—that is, around the desire and love of God—as around a center. For secondary things are not united to those before them, but what comes to be resembles a kind of dance; for begotten things, desiring to be in their own proper place, look intently around the one who begets them. That which is turned by understanding toward those before it introduces the notion of circular motion.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:155 · narrative
Source · Greek

( Ἐπειδή οὖν πανταχοῦ ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, αἱ πανταχοῦ αὐτῷ συνακολουθοῦσαι τῷ θέλειν αὐτόν νοεῖν ἀεί, ἐπί τούτῳ ἀγάλλονται καί περιχορεύουσιν, ὥσπερ τῇ εὐφροσύνῃ. Λέγεται οὖν νοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ εἶναι καί πρός ἑαυτόν σπεύδειν· ὁ οὖν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐστι, καί δηλοῖ ἀθανασίαν, στάσιν ἔχει· κατά γάρ τό εἶναι, ὅ ἐστιν ἀθανάτως εἶναι, ἑστάναι νοεῖται· κατά δέ τό πρός ἑαυτόν σπεύδειν, κινεῖται μή βουλόμενος διαχεῖσθαί πως εἰς τάς ἔξωθεν αὐτοῦ καί προσύλους νοήσεις. Κατά μέν οὖν τό ταυτοκίνητον οὐχ ἕστηκεν, ἀλλά κινεῖται, κατά δέ τήν οὐσίαν ἀεί ὡσαύτως ἔχουσαν στάσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ κίνησιν ἔχει. Ἔστι τοίνυν καί κατά φύσιν ἑκάστῳ τῶν νοῶν ὁρμή, ἡ πρός Θεόν ἔφεσις καί ἡ περί αὐτόν, ὡς περί κέντρον

κυκλική χορεία, ὡς ἡ τοῦ κύκλου περί τό σημεῖον, ἤτοι κέντρον, ἀφ' οὗ συνέστη· καί γάρ καί κατά φυσικήν ἀνάγκην ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων τήν περί τόν Θεόν χορεύει χορείαν, τῷ εἶναι ἐφιέμενον τοῦ εἶναι. Οὕτως οὖν περί τῶν πάντων βασιλέα πάντα ἐστί, καί ἐκείνου ἕνεκα πάντα καί ἐκεῖνο ἁπάντων καλῶν αἴτιον. Ὅ δέ εἶπεν ἀμέσως τά πρῶτα περί Θεόν χορεύειν, ὡς μή ἔχοντά τι πρό αὐτοῦ δηλοῖ, ὅτι τά δεύτερα καί τά τρίτα, τουτέστι τά αἰσθητά, διά μέσων τῶν πρό αὐτῶν περί τόν Θεόν, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀναλόγως χορεύει.

English

Since God is everywhere, those who follow him everywhere and always understand his will rejoice in this and dance in a circle around him, as it were, in gladness. It is said, then, that the mind is in itself and hastens toward itself; what is in itself also reveals immortality and has stability. For in respect of being—that is, of being immortally—it is understood to stand; but in respect of hastening toward itself, it is moved, not wishing to be dispersed in any way into thoughts outside itself and material. In respect of being self-moved, then, it does not stand but is moved; in respect of its essence, which always remains the same, it has stability, not motion. There is, then, by nature in each of the minds an impulse, the striving toward God and the circular dance around him as around a center, like the circle's relation to the point—that is, the center—from which it was constituted. For each of beings, by natural necessity, dances the dance around God, desiring being by virtue of its being. In this way, then, all things are around the King of all, and all things are for his sake, and he is the cause of all good things. But what he said—that the first ranks dance immediately around God, as having nothing before them—indicates that the second and third ranks, that is, the sensible things, dance in a corresponding way around God through the mediation of those before them, as has been said.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:156 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τά νοητά: Τά νοητά εἴδη μέν εἰσι καί ἰδιότητες ὑπάρξεων διακεκριμένων, ἐν δέ τῇ ἀσωματίᾳ, καί μή τόπου δεῖσθαι τά ἄϋλα, ἵνα χωρισθῶσιν, ὡς τά σώματα πάντα· ὅπου γάρ σῶμα καί τόπος ὁ μέλλων χωρεῖν ἀμάχως τά σώματα. Ὡς φηνή: Ταῦτα τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ.

Ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ. Πῶς χρή νοῆσαι τόπον ἐπί Θεοῦ, τῆς Γραφῆς ἁπανταχοῦ λεγούσης, ἀπεριόριστον εἶναι τό Θεῖον, καί τό, «οὐρανός θρόνος αὐτοῦ, ἡ δέ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ»· ( καί πάλιν· «ἕστηκε τάς νάπας ζυγῷ καί τήν γῆν δρακί»· καί αὖθις· «ἐάν πορευθῶ εἰς τόν οὐρανόν, σύ ἐκεῖ· ἐάν δέ καταβῶ εἰς τόν ἅδην, πάρει». Ποῖον οὖν ὁ Ἰεζεκιήλ ἐπενόησε τῷ Θεῷ τόπον; Λέγομεν, ὅτι τά δοκοῦντα ἡμῖν ἄπορα ὁ Θεός τοῖς ἐξ ὅλης αὐτόν ἐπιζητοῦσι κινήσεως φωτίζει· λέγει γάρ ἡ θεία Γραφή· «ἐάν τάς ἐντολάς μου φυλάττῃ τις, ἐγώ καί ὁ Πατήρ ἐλευσόμεθα καί μονήν παρ' αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα». Ὥστε οὖν καί αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις, καί αἱ τῶν ἁγίων ψυχαί, καί πάντων τῶν φυλασσόντων τάς ἐντολάς, τόπος κληθεῖεν ἄν εἰκότως τοῦ Θεοῦ καί ἀνάπαυσις· καί ἀλλαχοῦ γάρ φησιν· «ἐπαναπέπαυται τό Πνεῦμά μου ἐπ' αὐτούς».

English

The intelligible realities: The intelligible realities are forms and distinctive properties of differentiated existences, but in incorporeality, and the incorporeal do not need a place in order to be separated, as all bodies do; for where there is a body, there is also the place that is going to contain bodies without conflict. As a lamp: These things are from Ezekiel.

From his place. How should one understand place in relation to God, when Scripture everywhere says that the Divine is unbounded, and that "heaven is his throne, and the earth a footstool for his feet"; and again: "he has set the valleys in a balance and the earth in a handful"; and again: "if I go up to heaven, you are there; if I go down to Hades, you are present." What place, then, did Ezekiel conceive for God? We say that God illuminates the things that seem perplexing to us for those who seek him with wholehearted movement; for the divine Scripture says: "if anyone keeps my commandments, I and the Father will come and make our dwelling with him." So then both the intelligible powers and the souls of the saints and of all who keep the commandments might reasonably be called the place of God and his rest; for elsewhere it says: "my Spirit has rested upon them.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:157 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐν τοῖς περί τῶν θείων ὕμνων: Σημείωσαι ὅτι καί ἄλλο σύνταγμα αὐτῷ Περί θείων ὕμνων πεπόνηται.

Οἱ θεῖοι τόποι: Τίς ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ τόπος.

Τόποι τῆς θεαρχικῆς: Τό εἰρημένον, «ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι, λέγει Κύριος, ἤ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου», δηλοῖ μή λέγεσθαι περί αἰσθητοῦ τινος, ἀλλά περί τῶν θείων τούτων νοῶν· ἤ καί οὕτως· ἡβουλήθη ὁ Θεός σημᾶναι, ὅτι ἀπερίγραπτον τό Θεῖον. Καί ἅλλως· ὅτι ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀκούουσιν οὐκ ἦν τῷ Θεῷ τόπος καταπαύσεως διά τήν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν, ὥς φησιν ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις ὁ Κύριος· «ὁ δέ Υἱός τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τήν κεφαλήν κλίνῃ». Μονάς ἐστι: Οὐ μόνον, φησιν, ὁ τρισάγιος ὕμνος δηλοῖ καί ἡ ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ τόν Θεόν δοξολογοῦσα φωνή, τό μεταδεδόσθαι καί ταῖς ὑφειμέναις τάξεσι γινώσκειν καί ὑμνεῖν τόν Θεόν, ἀλλά καί ἕτερόν τι σημαίνει πρός τούτοις· τοῦτο δέ δηλοῖ τό ρητόν τό λέγον· καί μήν καί ἑνάδα καί μονάδα τρισυπόστατον ( λέγομεν εἶναι τόν Θεόν καί προνοεῖν ἁπάντων, ἀπό τῶν πρώτων καί μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων τῆς γῆς περιδεδραγμένον ἁπάντων ἀσχέτως, τουτέστιν οὐ σωματικῇ κατέχοντα, ἀλλά θεϊκῇ προνοίᾳ ὑπερουσίως. Ὅτι δέ ἐστιν ἑνάς καί μονάς, καί Εὐάγριος ὁ ἀνόσιος ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἑκατοντάδι κεφαλαίῳ τρίτῳ φησί τοῦτο· 'Αὐτός ἐστι μονάς, ἐπειδή τό Θεῖον ἁπλοῦν καί ἀδιαίρετόν ἐστι· τούτου χάριν μονάς· καί μονάς γάρ ἀριθμητικῶς εἰπεῖν, ἁπλῆ καί ἀσύνθετός ἐστιν· ἑνάς δέ διά τοῦτο, ἐπειδή καί πρός ἑαυτήν ἥνωται ἡ ἁγία Τριάς φυσικῶς, καί ἑνοῖ πάντας τούς αὐτῆ πλησιάζοντας κατά τό εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ, «ἵνα ὦσιν αὐτοί ἕν, ὥσπερ καί ἡμεῖς ἕν ἐσμεν».

English

In the chapters on the Divine Hymns: Note that another treatise of his, On the Divine Hymns, has also been composed.

The divine places: What is the place of God.

Places of the divine rule: The saying, "What house will you build for me, says the Lord, or what is the place of my rest," shows that this is not said about something perceptible, but about these divine meanings; or also thus: God wished to signify that the Divine is uncircumscribed. And otherwise: that in the very ones who hear there was no place of rest for God because of their unbelief, as the Lord says in the Gospels: "But the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head." It is a unit: Not only, he says, does the thrice-holy hymn and the voice from his place glorifying God declare that it has been granted also to the lower orders to know and hymn God, but it signifies something else besides these things; and the text declares this which says: and indeed we say that God is a three-personed henad and monad, and that he provides for all things, having grasped all things without holding from the first even to the last of the earth, that is, not holding them by a bodily grasp, but by divine providence superessentially. And that he is a henad and monad, Evagrius the impious also says this in the second century, third chapter: He is a monad, since the Divine is simple and indivisible; for this reason a monad; for a monad, to speak arithmetically, is simple and incomposite; and a henad for this reason, since the Holy Trinity is naturally united to itself, and unites all who draw near to it, according to what is said in the Gospel, "that they may be one, just as we are one.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:158 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀσχέτῳ: Ἄσχετον συνοχήν λέγει τήν ἐξῃρημένην πάντῃ καί ἀσυναφῆ πρός τά συνεχόμενα πρόνοιαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καί περικράτησιν. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Η'

Δυνατά: Ἰσχυρότατα.

Ἐπωνυμίας: Ὅτι ἡ ἐπωνυμία αὐτῶν σημαίνει, τίς ἡ ἰδιότης αὐτῶν. Μέση τριαδική τάξις Κυριότητες, Δυνάμεις, Ἐξουσίαι Ἀδούλωτον: Ὅτι πᾶσα νοητή δύναμις ἀμειλίκτως πρός τό χεῖρον ἔχει. § 2. Ὡς ἀμείλικτον κυριότητα: Ἐνταῦθα σφάλματι τῶν ἑλληνικῶν φιλοσόφων εὐσεβῶς ἐπισκώπτει, οἵτινες ἰδικάς τρεῖς δυνάμεις τινάς ἀμειλίκτους προσηγόρευσαν, προελθούσας εἰς ὕπαρξιν ἔκ τινων πρό αὐτῶν ἑτέρων τριῶν δυνάμεων· οὐ μήν ἐκ Θεοῦ φῶτα, δημιουργηθείσας ἰδικῶς. Καί φασιν εἶναι τούς ἀμειλίκτους τούτους ὑποπεζίους τῶν προβαλλομένων αὐτούς ( νοητῶν δυνάμεων, ἀναστέλλοντας καί ὥσπερ ἀντιβαίνοντας καί ἐφεκτικούς τῶν πρό αὐτῶν καί ἑαυτῶν, τοῦ μή πεσεῖν εἰς ὕλην, καί ἀσθενεστέρους κατά τοῦτο τῶν προβαλλομένων ἑαυτούς, καθ' ὅ δέονται τοῦ κατέχειν εἰς τό ἄπτωτον ἑαυτούς. Ταῦτα μέν οὖν ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ τά ἐκείνων· ὁ δέ μέγας Διονύσιος σοφῶς τά ἐναντία πάντα αὐτοῖς φησιν· ἐκ Θεοῦ γάρ αὐτάς δημιουργικῶς ὑποστῆναί φησιν, οὗ καί τήν ἐμφέρειαν ἔχουσιν εἰς κυριότητα, ὥσπερ καί ἡμεῖς οἱ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν κτισθέντες· αὐτούς δέ τό ἀμείλικτον κατά πάσης ὑφέσεως τῷ λόγῳ τῆς κυριότητος ἔχειν λέγει, κόπτοντας ὥσπερ καί διατέμνοντας καί οὐκ ἐῶντας κρατεῖν τήν πρός τά αἰσθητά ἐπιθυμίαν, οὐ μήν τούς πρό αὐτῶν ἀναστέλλοντας· τά δέ αἰσθητά καί σωματικά δουλοπρέπειάν φησι καί ἀνελευθερίαν καί εἰκαίαν δόξαν.

English

Ascheton: He calls "ascheton" the providence and encompassing of God that is wholly transcendent and unconnected to the things it sustains. On Chapter 8.

Dynata: Most powerful.

Eponymias: That their eponymy signifies what their particular property is. The middle triadic order: Dominions, Powers, Authorities. Adouloton: That every noetic power is inexorably disposed toward the worse. § 2. As an inexorable dominion: Here he piously mocks the error of the Greek philosophers, who named certain three inexorable powers, which came into existence from certain other three powers before them—not, however, as lights from God, created in their own particular way. And they say that these inexorable ones are subordinate to the noetic powers that project them, restraining and as it were opposing and holding back those before them and themselves, so as not to fall into matter, and weaker in this respect than those that project them, insofar as they need that which holds them so as to remain unfallen. These things, then, are theirs in summary; but the great Dionysius wisely says all the opposite to them; for he says that they came to subsist from God by creation, whose likeness they also have in dominion, just as we who were created according to the likeness. And he says that they have the inexorable quality against every submission by the principle of dominion, cutting and as it were dividing and not allowing the desire for sensible things to prevail—not, however, restraining those before them. And sensible and bodily things he calls servility and illiberality and vain opinion.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:159 · narrative
Source · Greek

'Δουλοποιίας' δέ ἀντί τοῦ 'δουλοπρεπείας', ἐπεί μή συγχωροῦσι τά ὄντως ὄντα ἐννοεῖν, ἀλλά κατάγουσιν ἐκ τῆς ἀκλινοῦς ἑδραιότητος ἐπί τήν τῶν ματαιοτήτων ὑποκατάκλισιν. Ἀνομοιότητα δέ αὖθις καλεῖ τά ὑλικά, ὡς μηδέποτε μένοντα ἐπί ταὐτότητος, ἀλλά ἀεί μεταβάλλοντα. Κυριαρχίας: Κυριαρχίαν τήν θεότητα ἔφη, ὅτι πάσης κυριότητος ἀρχή καί αἰτία καθέστηκεν.

Οὐκ ἀπολείπουσιν: Σημείωσαι πῶς πανταχοῦ φησι τάς ὑπερβεβηκυίας δυνάμεις μεταδιδόναι τῶν οἰκείων ταῖς μετ' αὐτάς καί τάς δυνάμεις δυναμοῦν τάς ὑποκειμένας· ἴσμεν δέ, ὅτι καί τόν Δανιήλ γέγραπται ἄγγελος ἐνισχύων, καί ἄλλους· καί τό δή πάντων μεῖζον, καί αὐτόν τόν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἅτε καί ἄνθρωπον, ὡς ἐν τῷ κατά Λουκᾶν Εὐαγγελίῳ κεῖται. Εὐταξίαν: Πρός τῷ ἀνωτέρω κειμένῳ καί ταῦτα συντακτέον· κατά κοινοῦ γάρ τό οἶμαι δηλοῦν.

Ἀφομοιωμένης: Ὅτι καί τῆς ἐξουσίας ὅσον αὐταῖς θεμιτόν, ( ὡς ἀγγέλοις οὖσιν, αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις τοῖς μετ' αὐτούς μεταδιδόασι. Καθαίρεται γάρ: Πῶς καί διά τίνος καθαίρονται καί φωτίζονται καί τελεσιουργοῦνται αἱ μέσαι τάξεις· καί ὅτι ἔχει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἄλλος ἄλλῳ ἄγγελος διαπορθμεύει τά θεῖα σύμβολα.

English

Douloποιίας" instead of "douloprepeia," since they do not permit the things that truly are to be understood, but drag them down from their inflexible steadfastness to the subjugation of vanities. And again he calls "dissimilarity" the material things, as never remaining in sameness but always changing. Dominions: he called the Godhead "dominion," because it is the beginning and cause of all lordship.

They do not forsake: Note how everywhere he says that the transcendent powers impart their own things to those after them and empower the powers that are subject to them; and we know that it is written that an angel strengthened Daniel, and others; and, greater than all, even our Lord Jesus Christ himself, inasmuch as he was also man, as is set forth in the Gospel according to Luke. Good order: These things must be joined to what was said above; for I think "to declare" is understood in common.

Assimilated: That the intellectual powers also impart of their authority as much as is lawful for them, as being angels, to those after them. For it is purified: How and through whom the middle orders are purified and illuminated and perfected; and that Scripture holds that one angel transmits the divine symbols to another.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:160 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί διά μέσης: Ὅτι αἱ διά μέσων τελειώσεις ἀμυδρότεραι τῶν πρωτοφανῶς ὑπό Θεοῦ ἐνεργουμένων, αἵτινές εἰσι πρῶται. Τήν δι' ἄλλου λεγομένην: Κατά τά ἐν τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ καί Δανιήλ καί Ἰεζεκιήλ τοῖς προφήταις κείμενα.

Ἀμυδρουμένης: Ἀμυδρουμένης ἔφη, οὐ παρά τήν οἰκείαν αὑτῆς ἀτονίαν, ἀλλά τό ὑφειμένον τῶν δεχομένων· τοῦτο γάρ δηλοῖ τό εἰπεῖν 'δευτέρωσιν τελειώσεως', τουτέστι τό ἀμυδρότερον τελειοῦσθαι τά δεύτερα. Οἱ δεινοί: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἱερεῖς ταῦτα παραδεδώκασι τῷ μεγάλῳ Διονυσιῳ· 'αὐτοφανεῖς' δέ ἐκάλεσε τάς πρώτας θείας δυνάμεις, ἐπειδή ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν τάς θείας δέχονται ἐλλάμψεις· αἱ γάρ λοιπαί δυνάμεις οὐ δι' ἑαυτῶν τά θεῖα δέχονται δῶρα τῆς γνώσεως, ἀλλά διά τῶν ὑπερκειμένων.

Ἱερατικῆς: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἱερατική παράδοσίς ἐστι τό περί τῆς τάξεως τῶν νοῶν εἰδέναι.

Ἐλλάμψεων: Ἀπόδειξις τοῦ ρηθέντος, ὅτι τά δεύτερα παρά τῶν πρώτων μυοῦνται, ἀπό Ζαχαρίου τοῦ προφήτου.

Ἀτιθάσσοις: Ἀνημέροις.

Ἐκδεδωκυῖα: Περί τῶν παραδοθέντων τῷ Βαβυλωνίῳ. Τῇ παντοίᾳ: Ὅρα, ὅτι ὁ Θεός πάντα μηχανᾶται πρός τό ἐπιστρέψαι τούς πλανωμένους.

English

Through the middle: That the perfections that come through intermediaries are dimmer than those wrought by God in the first instance, which are first. The one said to be "through another": According to what is set down in the prophets Zechariah, Daniel, and Ezekiel.

Being dimmed: He said "being dimmed," not because of its own weakness, but because of the lowliness of those who receive it; for this is what "a seconding of perfection" makes clear, that is, that secondary things are perfected more dimly. The skilled: Note that priests handed these things down to the great Dionysius; and he called the first divine powers "self-appearing," since they receive the divine illuminations from themselves; for the remaining powers do not receive the divine gifts of knowledge through themselves, but through those ranked above them.

Of the priestly: Note that it is a priestly tradition to know about the order of the intellects.

Illuminations: A proof of what was said, that secondary things are initiated by the first, from the prophet Zechariah.

Untamed: Unsubdued.

Having given over: Concerning those handed over to the Babylonian. By every means: Observe that God contrives all things for the turning back of those who have gone astray.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:161 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπιεικῶς ἐπανῆγεν: Τό 'ἐπιεικῶς' ἀντί τοῦ 'φιλανθρώπως' ἤ 'πάνυ καί μεγάλως' νόησον.

Κοινόν γάρ: Ὅτι κοινῷ ὀνόματι πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ νοηταί ἄγγελοι λέγονται.

( Ὑφειμένων: Ὑποβεβηκότων, δευτερευόντων. Προπορευόμενον. Προπορευόμενον τάχα τοῦ προφήτου· τάχα δέ πρό τοῦ τόν μείζοντα ἄγγελον ἐλθεῖν ἐπ' αὐτόν.

Εἶτα πρός αὐτοῦ τήν θείαν: Τοῦτο θέλει δεῖξαι, ὀτι καί ἐν τοῖς ἀγγελικοῖς τάγμασιν οἱ πρῶτοι τοῖς δευτέροις διαγγέλλουσι τήν τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλήν. Κατακάρπως δέ ἀντί τοῦ πάνυ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ.

Ἀποκρίνεσθαι: Καλῶς εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ Ἰεζεκιήλ, ὥστε χωρισθῆναι τῶν δικαίων τούς ἁμαρτωλούς· τοῦτο γάρ καί ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις φαίνεται πεποιηκώς, ὅτε τά πρόβατα ἐκ τῶν ἐρίφων διεμέρισεν. Ἰδού συνᾴδει καί ἐν τούτῳ ἡ Παλαιά Διαθήκη τῇ Νέᾳ.

Ὅς τόν ποδήρη: Περί τοῦ τόν ποδήρη ἐνδεδυκότος χιτῶνα. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τῷ μέν ἀγγέλῳ τῷ τό μέν σημεῖον ἐπιθεῖναι κελευσθέντι ποδήρης ἦν χιτών καί ζώνη περί τήν ὀσφύν, σχῆμα πρέπον ἱερεῖ· τοῖς δέ ἀγγέλοις ἄλλοις πέλεκυς ἐν ταῖς χερσίν, ὅπερ δηλοῖ τιμωρητικήν τινα δύναμιν, ὡς ἐκ τούτου νοεῖν ἡμᾶς, ὅτι πρός τό μέλλον ἀποτελεῖσθαι καί τό τῶν ἀγγέλων εἶδος σχηματίζεται, ὅπερ ἐννοῆσαι ὀφείλομεν περί τῶν σεραφίμ καί χερουβίμ καί τῶν ἄλλων δυνάμεων, ὅτι πρός τήν οἰκείαν τάξιν καί τό σχῆμα ἔχουσιν· οἱ γάρ τόν τρισάγιον ὕμνον λέγοντες πολυπρόσωποι σχηματίζονται, δηλοῦντος τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι ἀσίγητός ἐστι καί πολύς ὁ αὐτῶν ὕμνος· οὕτω καί περί τῶν ἑξῆς νόησον.

English

He brought back gently: Understand "gently" in place of "philanthropically" or "altogether and greatly."

For common: That by a common name all the intellectual powers are called angels.

(Of those placed below: Of those subordinate, secondary. Going before. Going before perhaps of the prophet; perhaps before the greater angel came to him.

Then from him the divine: He wishes to show this, that even in the angelic orders the first announce the will of God to the second. And "with fruit" in place of "altogether" is from Ezekiel.

To answer: The Lord spoke well in the prophet Ezekiel, so that the sinners be separated from the righteous; for this is also shown to have been done in the Gospels, when he divided the sheep from the goats. Behold, in this too the Old Testament is in harmony with the New.

Who the full-length: Concerning the one who has put on the full-length tunic. Note that for the angel commanded to place the mark, the tunic was full-length and a belt about the waist, a form fitting a priest; but for the other angels a battle-axe in their hands, which indicates a certain punitive power, so that from this we understand that the form of the angels is also shaped with a view to what is to be accomplished, which we ought to understand concerning the seraphim and cherubim and the other powers, that they have their form according to their own order; for those who say the thrice-holy hymn are shaped with many faces, the account indicating that their hymn is unceasing and great; so also understand concerning the things that follow.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:162 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό σημεῖον εἰς τά μέτωπα: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τήν θείαν προτύπωσιν ἐξ ἐκείνου προεμήνυσε, τό τούς πιστούς κατά τό μέτωπον τήν ζωοποιόν ἐπιτιθέναι σφραγῖδα καί περισώζεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ· ἀλλά τότε μέν ἄγγελοι ἐν σχήματι ἱερέων τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐκελεύσθησαν τοῖς ἀνευθύνοις· ἡ γάρ ζώνη καί ὁ ποδήρης χιτών τό ἱεροπρεπές τῶν ἱερέων δηλοῖ σχῆμα· νῦν δέ καί ( ἡμεῖς ἑαυτοῖς οἱ πιστοί τήν τοῦ σταυροῦ σφραγῖδα κατά τό μέτωπον ἐντυποῦντες, διαφεύγομεν τόν ἐχθρόν· ἰδού καί ἄλλη ὁμοίωσις Παλαῖας πρός τήν Νέαν. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι αὐταί εἰσιν αἱ τρεῖς τριαδικαί τάξεις τῶν νοητῶν δυνάμεων· πρώτη τριάς, θρόνοι, εἶτα χερουβίμ, εἶτα σεραφίμ· δευτέρα τριάς, κυριότητες, δυνάμεις, ἐξουσίαι· αὗται καί μέσαι λέγονται· τρίτη τριάς, ἀρχαί, ἀρχάγγελοι, ἄγγελοι· κοινῷ δέ ὀνόματι πάντες ἄγγελοι. Εὐταξίας: Περί εὐταξίας τῶν δευτέρων πρός τούς ἀνωτέρους. Τόν θειότατον Γαβριήλ: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί ὁ Γαβριήλ οὐκ ἔστι τῶν ἀνωτέρων δυνάμεων, ἀλλά τῶν ὑφειμένων.

English

The sign on the foreheads: Note that he foretold the divine prefiguration from that, namely that the faithful place the life-giving seal on their forehead and are preserved from the destroyer; but then angels in the form of priests were commanded to do this to the innocent; for the belt and the long robe make clear the priestly dignity of the priests' attire; but now we too, the faithful, imprinting the seal of the cross on our forehead, escape the enemy; behold, here is another likeness of the Old to the New. Note also that these are the three triadic orders of the intellectual powers: the first triad, thrones, then cherubim, then seraphim; the second triad, dominions, powers, authorities; these are also called the middle ones; the third triad, principalities, archangels, angels; and by a common name all are angels. Of good order: Concerning the good order of the second compared to the higher. The most divine Gabriel: Note that Gabriel too is not of the higher powers, but of the lower.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:163 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἱεραρχίας: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι μίμημα τῆς ἄνω μυστικῆς ἱεραρχίας τά ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ γινόμενα σήμερον· καί γάρ οἱ ἱερεῖς σφραγῖδα ἐπιτιθέασι τοῦ ζωοποιοῦ σταυροῦ τοῖς προσιοῦσι τῷ μυστηρίῳ, διά τό χωρισθῆναι αὐτούς τῶν ἀπίστων, καί ἵνα τόν ἐχθρόν διαφύγωσιν· ἄλλως τε καί τάξις φυλάττεται κατά τήν ἁγίαν Ἐκκλησίαν· ὅ γάρ ποιεῖν ἐπιτέτραπται ὁ ὑποδιάκονος, οὐ ποιοῦσιν οἱ ὑποδεέστεροι,

καί ὅ ποιεῖ ὁ πρεσβύτερος, οὐ ποιεῖ ὁ διάκονος· καί ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ἕκαστος ἔχει τήν πρέπουσαν αὐτῷ λειτουργίαν· κοινῷ δέ ὀνόματι πάντες κληρικοί καί λειτουργοί καλοῦνται, ὡς καί οἱ ἄγγελοι· ἐντεῦθεν χρή νοεῖν, πῶς εἴρηται τῷ θείῳ Στεφάνῳ· «οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τόν νόμον εἰς διαταγάς ἀγγέλων, καί οὐκ ἐφυλάξετε». ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Θ' § 1. Ὑπερούσιον αὐτῆς ταξιαρχίαν: Αὐτῆς τῆς ἀρχοποιοῦ ἀρχῆς ἀναφαίνει τήν ὑπερούσιον ταξιαρχίαν αὐτή ἡ τῶν ἀρχῶν τάξις. ( § 2. Ἀρχαγγέλων: Περί τοῦ ἀρχαγγελικοῦ κόσμου, καί τί δηλοῖ. Ἱεραρχία: Σημείωσαι τό καθολικόν, ὅτι πᾶσα ἱεραρχία ἔχει πρώτας καί μέσας καί τελευταίας δυνάμεις, τουτέστιν αἱ τρεῖς τριαδικαί τάξεις. Ἁγιωτάταις: Γρ. καί ἱερωτάταις. Πῶς καί οἱ θεῖοι ἀρχάγγελοι ταῖς πρό αὐτῶν καί μετ' αὐτούς κοινωνοῦσι.

English

On the Hierarchy: Note that what is done in the Church today is an imitation of the heavenly mystical hierarchy; for the priests place the seal of the life-giving cross upon those who come to the mystery, so that they may be separated from the unbelievers and may escape the enemy; and besides, order is preserved in the holy Church; for what the subdeacon is permitted to do, those of lower rank do not do, and what the presbyter does, the deacon does not do; and to speak simply, each has the liturgy proper to him; but by a common name all are called clergy and ministers, as also the angels. From this one must understand how it was said to the divine Stephen: "who received the law by the dispositions of angels, and did not keep it." On Chapter 9 § 1. His supersubstantial order: The very order of the principalities reveals the supersubstantial order of the originating origin itself. (§ 2. Of the archangels: Concerning the archangelic world, and what it signifies. Hierarchy: Note the universal principle, that every hierarchy has first, middle, and last powers, that is, the three triadic orders. Most holy: Variant reading, and most sacred. How the divine archangels also share with those before them and those after them.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:164 · narrative
Source · Greek

Κατά τό τελευταῖον: Ὅτι ἐσχάτη τάξις ἀγγέλων καί περικόσμιος. Ἡ τελευταια τριαδική τάξις.

Ἀρχαί, Ἀρχάγγελοι, Ἄγγελοι.

Καί μᾶλλον πρός: Ὅτι ἡ τελευταία τάξις τῶν οὐρανίων δυνάμεων μᾶλλον ἀξία ἐστίν ἄγγελοι προσαγορεύεσθαι, ὡς πλησιάζουσα ἀνθρώποις, δι ' ἦς καί τά θεῖα μυοῦνται ἄνθρωποι.

Τήν μέν γάρ ὑπερτάτην: Ὅτι ἡ πρώτη τριάς τῆς δευτέρας ἱεραρχεῖ, καί ἡ δευτέρα τῆς τρίτης· ἡ δέ τρίτη τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἱερέων, καί ἐφορῶσι τά παρ' αὐτῶν τελούμενα.

Κρυφιοειδέστερον: Πῶς αἱ μέν κρυφιώτεραι, αἱ δέ ἐμφανέστεραι ἱεραρχίαι. Ταῖς ἀνθρωπείαις ἱεραρχίαις: Τίνες ἡμῶν ἱεραρχικῶς ἐφεστήκασι. Σημείωσαι τήν ἀπόδειξιν ἐκ τοῦ Δανιήλ, τουτέστιν ἐσχάτην τάξιν ἐπιστατεῖν τῆς καθ' ἡμᾶς ἱεραρχίας.

Καί μήν καί ἡ: Κατά κοινοῦ τό ἵνα ᾖ κατά τάξιν, ὡς εἶναι τήν σύνταξιν, καί μήν ἵνα κατά τάξιν ᾖ καί ἡ παρά Θεοῦ, καί τά ἑξῆς. Εἰ δέ τις φαίη: Πῶς ἀγγέλων ἀγαθῶν ἐφεστώτων τοῖς ἔθνεσι, μόνος ὁ Ἰσραήλ ἐγίνωσκε τόν Θεόν· ἕκαστον γάρ ἔθνος ( ἄγγελον ἔχει ἀποκεκληρωμένον αὐτῷ, ὡς Ἰουδαῖοι τόν Μιχαήλ, ὅν καί τῆς ἐσχάτης τάξεως τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων φησίν.

English

According to the last: That the last order of angels is also the one that encircles the world. The last triadic order.

Principalities, Archangels, Angels.

And rather toward: That the last order of the heavenly powers is more worthy to be called angels, as being near to humans, through which humans are also initiated into the divine mysteries.

For the highest: That the first triad exercises hierarchy over the second, and the second over the third; and the third over the priests among humans, and they oversee what is accomplished by them.

In a more hidden manner: How some hierarchies are more hidden, others more manifest. Over human hierarchies: Who among us preside hierarchically. Note the proof from Daniel, that is, that the last order presides over the hierarchy that is among us.

And indeed also the: The "that it may be in order" is understood in common, so that the arrangement may be, and indeed that what is from God may also be in order, and so on. But if someone should say: How, when good angels preside over the nations, did Israel alone know God? For each nation has an angel allotted to it, as the Jews have Michael, whom he also calls of the last order of the holy angels.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:165 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὅτι μή τάς τῶν ἀγγέλων: Οὐ παρά τήν τῶν ἐπιστατούντων ἀγγέλων αἰτίαν φησί τό τοιοῦτο, ἀλλά παρά τήν οἰκείαν αὐτεξούσιον πρός τά μή δέοντα ροπήν. Τῇ φιλαυτίᾳ: Σημείωσαι ὅτι ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ αἴτιος καί τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καί τοῦ κακοῦ· τό δέ φιλαυτία καί αὐθάδεια ἐκ παραλλήλου τό αὐτάρεσκον δηλοῖ. Τοῦτο δέ μαρτυρεῖται: Οὐχ ὅτι ὁ Θεός τόν Ἰσραήλ μόνον ἐξελέξατο, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ὁ Ἰσραήλ μόνος ἐβουλήθη ἕπεσθαι Θεῷ· οὕτω γάρ καί ἡ ἑρμηνεία τῆς λέξεως σημαίνει, 'νοῦς ὁρῶν τόν Θεόν'· οὕτω νοεῖν ὀφείλομεν τά ἐν τῇ ὠδῇ Μωϋσέως εἰρημένα, «ἐγενήθη μερίς Κυρίου σχοίνισμα Ἰακώβ», ὅπερ δηλοῖ τόν Ἰσραήλ· οὐχ ὁ Θεός γάρ τόν Ἰσραήλ μόνον ἀγαπᾷ, ὡς καί ὁ Ἀπόστολος πολλαχοῦ ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών, «μή οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεός καί ἐθνῶν; Ναί καί ἐθνῶν, εἴπερ εἷς ὁ Θεός», ἀλλ’ ὁ Ἰσραήλ πρῶτος ἐπορεύθη ὄπισθεν Θεοῦ, ἐπεί ὕστερον ἀποστάς καί αὐτός ἀπεδιώχθη· τό γάρ αὐτεξούσιον ἔχοντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ὅτε θέλουσι, ποιοῦσι τόν Θεόν μεθ' ἑαυτῶν. Πεπονθέναι: Ὅτι καί ὁ Ισραήλ αὐτός ἀπέστη. Ζωήν: Ὅτι αὐτεξούσιος ὁ ἄνθρωπος.

English

That [the phrase] "of the angels" [means]: He says that such a thing is not due to the cause of the angels who preside over them, but due to their own self-determining inclination toward what is not fitting. On "self-love": Note that each person is himself the cause of both the good and the evil; and "self-love" and "self-will," taken in parallel, indicate self-pleasing. And this is testified: Not that God chose Israel only, but that Israel alone wished to follow God; for thus also the interpretation of the word signifies, "a mind seeing God"; thus we ought to understand what is said in the song of Moses, "He became a portion of the Lord, a measured cord of Jacob," which signifies Israel; for God does not love Israel only, as the Apostle also showed in many places, saying, "Is God not also of the nations? Yes, also of the nations, since God is one," but Israel was the first to go after God, since later, having fallen away, it too was driven away; for humans, having self-determination, when they wish, make God be with them. On "to have suffered": That Israel itself also fell away. On "life": That man is self-determining.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:166 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὄψεων: Ὅπερ ἐναῦθά φησιν ὁ πατήρ, τοῦτο καί ἐπί τοῦ ἡλιακοῦ φωτός γινόμενον ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἐπί μέν τῶν διαφανῶν ὑλῶν τήν οἰκείαν διάδοσιν

ποιουμένου, ἐπί δέ τῶν παχυτέρων οὐχ ὁμοίως, ἀλλ' ἤ πάντῃ ἀδιαδότως ἤ ἀμυδρῶς. Ὅπερ οὖν ἐνταῦθα τό τῆς ὕλης διάφορον ποιεῖ, τοῦτο ἐπί τῆς θείας ἐλλάμψεως ἡ ἀνισότης τῆς αὐτεξουσίου ἐργάζεται ροπῆς. Ἀνομοιότης: Τουτέστι, τῶν τοῦ νοῦ ὀφθαλμῶν ἡ παρατροπή. ( Ἤ παντελῶς ἀμέθεκτον ποιεῖ: Ὅρα πῶς φησιν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς αἰτίους εἶναι τοῦ δέξασθαι τήν ἔλλαμψιν τήν θείαν, ἤ ὀλίγον ἤ πολύ αὐτῆς δέχεσθαι, ἤ παντελῶς μηδέν αὐτῆς εἰσδέξασθαι, ὅταν πρός αὐτήν ἀντίτυποι γενώμεθα, οἱονεί σκληροί, ἤτοι λίθινοι· φησίν οὖν ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις αὐτός ὁ Κύριος· «δύναται ὁ Θεός ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ»· ὅπερ γάρ ἡμῖν σκληρόν καί ἀδύνατον, τοῦτο τῷ Θεῷ δυνατόν.

Ἡμεῖς ἀνενεύσαμεν: Σημείωσαι, μάλιστα ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιστομίζεται τήν ἄκαιρόν τινων καί ἀδιάκριτον ἀπαιδευσίαν, οἵ τολμῶσι φάσκειν, τά θεῖα ταῦτα συγγράμματα Ἀπολλιναρίου εἶναι, μή ἐκ τῶν προσώπων ὧν μνημονεύει καταστοχαζόμενοι τῆς ἀρχαιότητος τοῦ ἀνδρός, ἀλλά ψευδεπίγραφον λέγοντες τήν Διονυσίου προσηγορίαν· μηδέ ὅτι νῦν ἐξ εἰδωλολατρῶν εἶπεν αὐτόν ἐπιστρέψαι, καίτοι Ἀπολλινάριος οὐκ ἐκ τοιούτων ἦν.

English

Of sights: What the father says here can also be seen happening in the case of the light of the sun—it makes its own diffusion through transparent materials, but through denser ones not in the same way, but either entirely without diffusion or faintly. Therefore, what the difference of the material effects here, the inequality of the self-determining inclination effects in the case of the divine illumination. Of unlikeness: That is, the perversion of the eyes of the mind. (Or makes it entirely without participation: Observe how he says that we ourselves are the causes of receiving the divine illumination—either receiving a little or much of it, or receiving none of it at all, whenever we become resistant to it, as it were hard, that is, stony. For the Lord himself says in the Gospels: "God is able to raise up children to Abraham from these stones"; for what is hard and impossible for us is possible for God.

We turned away: Note, especially from this, that he silences the untimely and indiscriminate ignorance of certain people who dare to claim that these divine writings are by Apollinarius, not inferring the man's antiquity from the persons he mentions, but saying that the name of Dionysius is falsely ascribed; nor [noting] that he said he was now converted from idolatry, although Apollinarius was not from such people.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:167 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπί τό πᾶσιν ἑτοίμως: Ὅτι ὁ Θεός, φύσει ὤν ἀγαθός, ἕτοιμον ἑαυτόν τοῖς πᾶσι παρέχει εἰς τό μεταλαμβάνειν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ καί φωτισθῆναι τήν ψυχήν, λοιπόν τό ἐφ' ἡμῖν ζητεῖται, τό, πῶς ἐρῶμεν μετασχεῖν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ, ἵνα δειχθῇ τό αὐτεξούσιον· οὐ γάρ αἴτιος τῶν κακῶν ὁ Θεός, ὅπερ ἐστίν ὁ ἐξ αὐτοῦ χωρισμός· ἡ δέ σύνταξις αὕτη· ἐπεί ὅτι γε καί τῶν ἑτέρων ἐθνῶν οὐκ ἔκφυλοί τινες ἐπεστάτουν θεοί, μία δέ πάντων ἀρχή· καί οὕτω τἄλλα, διά μέσου· καί ὅτι καί τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν μία ἀρχή τοῦ Θεοῦ ἦρχε, καί τότε διά τῶν ἰδίων ἀγγέλων ἱεραρχούντων.

Μελχισεδέκ: Σημείωσαι τά περί τοῦ Μελχισεδέκ, ὡς ἱεράρχου ὄντος, καί τῇ δι' ἀγγέλων ὁδηγίᾳ τόν ὄντως ὄντα Θεόν ἐπεγνωκότος· 'ἑπομένους' δέ εἶπε διά τό αὐθαίρετον, καί οὐ κατηναγκασμένον.

( § 4. Τῷ Φαραώ: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι δ' ἀγγέλων φησί τάς καθ' ὕπνους γενέσθαι ὁράσεις τῷ Φαραώ καί τῷ Ναβουχοδινόσορ, καί τάς τούτων ἐκφαντορίας, ἤγουν ἑρμηνείας.

Θεράποντες: Ὁ μέν Ἰωσήφ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, ὁ δέ Δανιήλ τῶν Βαβυλωνίων, ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐπιστατούντων τοῖς ἔθνεσι τούτοις, βουλῇ Θεοῦ ἀποκαλυπτόντων τά ὁράματα.

English

On "ready for all": That God, being good by nature, offers himself ready to all to partake of his holiness and to have the soul enlightened; what remains is what is up to us—namely, how we say we partake of his knowledge, so that our free will may be shown. For God is not the cause of evils, which is separation from him. And this arrangement: since not even over the other nations did certain foreign gods preside, but there is one principle of all; and so the rest, through intermediaries; and that over the other nations too one principle of God ruled, and then through their own angels exercising hierarchical rule.

Melchizedek: Note the things concerning Melchizedek, that he was a hierarch, and by the guidance through angels came to know the truly existing God; and he said "following" because of free choice, and not by compulsion.

(§ 4. To Pharaoh: Note that he says the visions in sleep came to Pharaoh and to Nebuchadnezzar by angels, and their manifestations, that is, interpretations.

Servants: Joseph of the Egyptians, and Daniel of the Babylonians, the angels presiding over these nations revealing the visions by the counsel of God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:168 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀποκληρωτικῶς: Σημείωσαι τήν ἑρμηνείαν τῶν ρητῶν τῆς Μωσέως ᾠδῆς· «ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ Ὑψιστος ἔθνη, οὕς διεμέρισεν υἱούς Ἀδάμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατά ἀριθμόν ἀγγέλων Θεοῦ· καί ἐγενήθη μερίς Κυρίου λαός αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ, σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ»· οὐ γάρ δεῖ, φησίν, οἴεσθαι μερίσασθαι πρός ἑτέρους θεούς ἤ ἀγγέλους τά ἕθνη· οὐ γάρ ἀποκληρωτικῶς ἔλαχε, τῷ Θεῷ μέν Ἰσραήλ, τοῖς δέ ἄλλοις ἀγγέλοις ἰδίως, ὡς μή διακονεῖν αὐτούς εἰς ἄλλο τι τῷ Θεῷ· οἷον φέρε εἰπεῖν, τόδε τό ἔθνους αὐτοῦ, ἤ οὐ σχολάζει ἑτέρῳ τινί πρός Θεόν, ὁ τοῦ ἔθνους ἄγγελος, ἀλλ ' οὐδ' ὁμοτίμως ἤ ἀντιθέτως ἔλαβεν ὁ Θεός τόδε τό ἔθνος, καί ἕκαστος τῶν ἀγγέλων ἴδιον ἔθνος, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ εἴρηται, ὅτι ὁ διάβολος τά πρός βορρᾶν ὄρη, τουτέστι τά ἐθνη, εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν καί ἐναντιοῦσθαι τῷ Θεῷ καί εἶναι ὅμοιος τῷ Ὑψίστῳ· πάντα γάρ δοῦλα τοῦ Θεοῦ καί πάντων αὑτός ἄρχει, ἀλλά τούς γινώσκοντας αὐτόν προτιμᾷ, καί διά τοῦτο καί αὐτός λέγεται αὐτῶν ἄρχειν, κἄν ἔχοιεν ἄγγελον ἐφεστῶτα, ὡς ὁ Ἰσραήλ τόν Μιχαήλ. Καί πῶς πάντων ὁ Θεός ἄρχων κατ' ἐξαίρετον τοῦ Ἰσραήλ λέγεται Θεός, καί ὁ Ἰσραήλ αὐτοῦ; Καί λέγομεν, ὅτι ὁ Θεός πάντων ( ἐστί Θεός, τῶν δέ πλησιαζόντων αὐτῷ καί αὐτόν

English

By allotment: Note the interpretation of the words of the Song of Moses: "When the Most High divided the nations, when he divided the sons of Adam, he set the boundaries of the nations according to the number of the angels of God; and his people Jacob became the portion of the Lord, Israel the cord of his inheritance." For one must not think, he says, that the nations were divided among other gods or angels; for it was not by allotment that Israel fell to God and the others to other angels individually, in such a way that they do not minister to God in anything else—for example, so to speak, that this nation is his, or that the angel of the nation does not devote himself to something else in relation to God. But neither did God receive this nation and each of the angels his own nation on equal terms or in opposition, as is said in Isaiah, that the devil said within himself that he had the mountains to the north, that is, the nations, and opposed God and was like the Most High. For all things are servants of God, and he himself rules over all, but he prefers those who know him, and for this reason he himself is also said to rule over them, even if they have an angel set over them, as Israel has Michael. And how is God said to be the ruler of all, and by way of exception the God of Israel, and Israel his? And we say that God is the God of all, but of those who draw near to him and him

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:169 · narrative
Source · Greek

μόνον προσκυνούντων λέγεται Θεός δικαίως· οἱ δέ λοιποί, εἴδωλα σέβοντες, ἑτέρους ποιοῦσιν ἑαυτῶν θεούς.

Ἐγενήθη μερίς Κυρίου: Καλῶς ἑρμηνεύει τό, «ἐγένετο.μερίς Κυρίου Ἰσραήλ». Ἐχρῆν οὖν, εἴπερ ὁ Ισραήλ μόνος ἐπεγίνωσκε Θεόν, αὐτόν μόνον ὑπό τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπισκοπεῖσθαι καί τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ· ἀλλά καί ἐν τούτῳ δείκνυται τό ἀμέτρητον καί ἀνεξιχνίαστον ἔλεος τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι καί τοῖς δοκοῦσι μή εἶναι τῆς μεριδος αὐτοῦ, ἴδιον ἄγγελον προεβάλετο φύλακα τοῦ ἔθνους· «ἀνατέλλει γάρ τόν ἥλιον αὑτοῦ ἐπί δικαίους καί ἀδίκους». Καί πάλιν· «ὁ μή θέλων τόν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὡς τό ἐπιστρέψαι καί ζῇν αὐτόν». Ἀλλ ' ἐρεῖς· Καί πῶς οἱ ἔχοντες ἀγγέλους παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ δεδομένους εἰς τό ἐπιστατεῖν καί ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτῶν, ἀπέστησαν ἀπό Θεοῦ ζῶντος καί προσεκύνησαν εἰδώλοις; Λέγομεν, ὅτι πᾶσα ἀνάγκη ἐκ τῶν εἰς Θεόν ὁρώντων ἐλήλαται καί ἀντεισήχθη τό αὐτοπροαίρετον· εἴ τις οὖν αἱρεῖται σύν Θεῷ εἶναι, φρουρεῖται ὑπό τοῦ ἀγγέλου καί τάττεται· «Κύριος» γάρ, φησί, «γινώσκει ὁδόν δικαίων»· καί πάλιν· «νεώτερος ἤμην, καί γάρ ἐγήρασα, καί οὐκ εἶδον δίκαιον ἐγκαταλελειμμένον»· εἴ τις δέ τήν ἐναντίαν αἱρεῖται, οὐκ ἀναγκάζεται ὑπό τοῦ ἀγγέλου τόδε τι ποιεῖν· οὗτος γάρ ὁ βίος καί κτηνώδης μᾶλλον, καί οὐκ αὐτοπροαίρετος. Ἀμέλει καί περί τοῦ Ἰσραήλ φησιν, ὅτι ἥμαρτε καί ἐμοσχοποίησεν· «ἐπίγνωσιν», γάρ, φησί, «Θεοῦ ἀπώσω, καί ὀπίσω τῆς καρδίας σου ἐπορεύθης», τουτέστι τό ἴδιον θέλημα προετίμησας.

English

It is said that he is God rightly of those who worship him alone; but the rest, revering idols, make other gods for themselves.

He became the portion of the Lord: He interprets well the phrase "Israel became the portion of the Lord." It was fitting, then, if Israel alone knew God, that he alone should be overseen by the Lord and by his angels; but even in this the measureless and inscrutable mercy of God is shown, because even for those who seem not to be of his portion he set forth a proper angel as guardian of the nation; "for he makes his sun rise on the just and the unjust." And again: "he who does not will the death of the sinner, but that he turn back and live." But you will say: And how is it that those who had angels given by God to oversee and lead them apostatized from the living God and worshiped idols? We say that all necessity has been driven out from those who look to God, and free choice has been brought in instead; if anyone, then, chooses to be with God, he is guarded by the angel and is ordered; for "the Lord," it says, "knows the way of the just"; and again: "I was younger, and indeed I have grown old, and I have not seen a just man forsaken"; but if anyone chooses the opposite, he is not compelled by the angel to do this or that; for this life is rather brutish and not of free choice. Indeed, also concerning Israel it says that it sinned and made a calf: "for," it says, "you thrust away the knowledge of God, and you went after your heart," that is, you preferred your own will.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:170 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τόον Μιχαήλ: Ὅτι καί ὁ Ἰσραήλ, εἰ καί μερίς Κυριου ἐγένετο, ἀλλ’ οὖν καί αὐτοί ἰδικόν ἄγγελον εἶχον τόν Μιχαήλ.

( Ἐθελουσίως: Τοῦτό φησι διά τό αὐτεξούσιον καί ἀβίαστον. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Ι' § 1. Τελεταρχικῆς: Τελεταρχικήν τήν ἀρχηγόν καί αἰτίαν τῆς αὐτῶν τελειώσεως.

Κρυφιωτέρα μέν: Σημείωσαι ὅτι ἐνταῦθα σαφῶς δηλοῖ, διά ποίαν αἰτίαν αἱ τάξεις τῶν οὐρανίων δυνάμεων οὕτως εἰσίν, ὥστε τήν μέν ὑπερτέραν εἶναι, τήν δέ μέσην, τήν δέ τελευταίαν· λέγει γάρ διά τήν ἀνωτέραν τάξιν, ἥτις ἐστί θρόνοι, σεραφίμ καί χερουβίμ, ὅτι ὑπ' αὐτῆς τῆς θείας γνώσεως ἐλλαμπόμεναι, διά τό ἀμέσως ἐπ' αὐτήν ἐπανατείνεσθαι καί μή ἔχειν τό προλαμβάνον, οὕτως ὑπ' αὐτῆς τῆς τελεταρχίας τῆς θείας καθαίρεται καί φωτίζεται καί τελεσιουργεῖται· εἰ γάρ οὕτως ἐδημιουργήθη, ὥστε πρώτη εἶναι, οὔτε καθάρσεως οὔτε φωτισμοῦ ἐδέετο, οὕτω πλασθεῖσα, ὥστε καί ἀξία εἶναι τῆς πρώτης τάξεως. Ἄλλως τε, ὅρα τί λέγει μετά μικρόν ὁ θεῖος οὗτος ἀνήρ, ὡς κρυφιωτέρα μᾶλλόν ἐστι, ὅτι νοητοτέρα καί μᾶλλον ἁπλωτική· ἐκ τούτων γάρ ἔστι πλέον λαβεῖν τό αὐτοπροαίρετον αὐτῶν· εἰ γάρ μή πλέον τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων ἥπλου ἑαυτήν καί διενοεῖτο, οὐκ ἄν ἐπλησίαζε Θεῷ· ἐγγίσασα δέ Θεῷ ἑκουσίως, κρεῖττον καθαίρεται καί φωτίζεται καί τελεσιουργεῖται, τουτέστι ἐνεργεῖ τά τέλεια, ἀντί τοῦ τά περί Θεόν· καί τοῦτο οἶμαι τήν Γραφήν αἰνίττεσθαι· «προσέλθετε πρός αὐτόν καί φωτίσθητε, καί τά πρόσωπα ὑμῶν μή καταισχυνθῇ»· οὕτω καί περί τῶν ἐφεξῆς δυνάμεων νόησον, ὅτι ἑκάστη κατά τήν οἰκείαν ἀναλογίαν ὁρᾷ τόν Θεόν·

English

Concerning Michael: that Israel also, even if he became the portion of the Lord, nevertheless they too had Michael as their own angel.

(Voluntarily: He says this because of free will and the absence of compulsion. ON CHAPTER 10 § 1. Of the supreme principality: The supreme principality is the leader and cause of their perfection.

In a more hidden manner: Note that here he clearly shows for what reason the orders of the heavenly powers are thus, so that one is higher, one middle, and one last; for he says that because of the higher order, which is thrones, seraphim, and cherubim, that being illumined by the divine knowledge itself, because they stretch out immediately toward it and have nothing preceding, thus by the supreme principality itself they are purified and enlightened and perfected; for if it had been created so as to be first, it would have needed neither purification nor illumination, having been formed so as also to be worthy of the first order. Moreover, observe what this divine man says shortly after, that it is more hidden because it is more intelligible and more simplifying; for from these things one can better grasp their self-determination; for if it had not simplified itself and thought more than the lower orders, it would not have drawn near to God; but having drawn near to God voluntarily, it is purified and enlightened and perfected better, that is, it performs the perfect things, instead of the things pertaining to God; and I think the Scripture hints at this: "Draw near to him and be enlightened, and your faces shall not be put to shame"; understand thus also concerning the successive powers, that each according to its own proportion sees God;)

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:171 · narrative
Source · Greek

τοῦτο σαφέστερον λέγει καί ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ κεφαλαίου τούτου.

§ 2. Ἐκφαντορικοί:· Ὅτι πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι τά παρά τῶν ( πρό αὐτῶν εἰς αὐτούς φερόμενα φῶτα τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις ἐκφαίνουσι. Κατά κοινοῦ ληπτέον τό 'ἐκφαντορικοί'· ἐκ Θεοῦ δέ κεκινημένων φησί περί τῆς πρώτης τῶν σεραφίμ ταξιαρχίας.

Σεραφίμ: Διά τί περί τῶν σεραφίμ ὁ θεῖος ὕμνος φησί κεκραγέναι ἕτερον πρός τόν ἕτερον; Διά τό τούς πρώτους ἀγγέλειν τοῖς δευτέροις τά θεῖα μυστήρια. § 3. Οὐκ ἀπεικότως: Ἐκ γάρ τῶν ἁπλουστέρων μυήσεων, ὅπερ γάλακτος ποτισμόν ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, πρός τά μέσα, καί ἐκ τούτων πρός τά μείζοντα, ἤγουν τήν τῶν τελείων τροφήν ἀνιών, τήν τελευταίαν ἀναφαίνει τάξιν καί δύναμιν. Ἔστι δέ καί ἑτέρως τά κατά τόν τόπον νοῆσαι, καί πρώτην μέν εἰπεῖν τήν πρός τό ὑπερκείμενον ἀνάτασιν, μέσην δέ τήν περί αὐτόν ἀναστροφήν καί συνέλιξιν, τελευταίαν δέ τήν τό ὑποδεέστερον ἀνάγουσαν, ὅ καί μᾶλλον ἐπί τῶν ἀγγέλων νοητέον.

Καί πρώτας καί μέσας: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς πρώτας καί μέσας καί τελευταίας τάξεις ἔχει εἰς τό νοεῖν περί Θεοῦ τάς τρεῖς τάξεις ταύτας· νοητέον οὕτως, ὅτι πᾶς νοῦς ἔχει οὐσίαν, καθ' ἥν πρῶτόν ἐστιν· εἶτα καί δύναμιν, καθ' ἥν τά οἰκεῖα πράττων εὐσεβεῖ. Ταῦτα καί ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς κεφαλαίῳ σαφηνίζει. Ὅθεν ἐντεῦθεν σαφῶς καί ἀναντιρρήτως ἔστι λαβεῖν, ὅτι ἀληθῆ πρό μικροῦ παρεγράψαμεν· ἰδού γάρ πῶς φησιν. Ἕκαστος οὐράνιος καί ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς πρώτας καί μέσας καί τελευταίας ἔχει ἀναγωγάς, καθ' ἅς ἕκαστος ἐν μετουσίᾳ γίνεται τῶν θείων καί ἱεραρχικῶν ἐλλάμψεων.

English

He says this more clearly also at the end of this chapter.

§ 2. Revealers: That all the angels reveal to those of lower rank the lights brought to them from those before them. The term "revealers" must be understood as applying in common; and he speaks of those moved by God concerning the first order of the seraphim.

Seraphim: Why does the divine hymn say that the seraphim cried one to another? Because the first announce the divine mysteries to the second. § 3. Not unreasonably: For from the simpler initiations, which the Apostle called the drinking of milk, ascending to the middle ones, and from these to the greater, that is, the food of the perfect, he reveals the last order and power. But it is also possible to understand the things pertaining to the place in another way, and to call first the upward stretching toward what lies above, middle the turning and convolution about it, and last that which leads to what is lower, which is rather to be understood in the case of the angels.

Both first and middle: Note that the mind of each of us has first, middle, and last orders for understanding the things concerning God—these three orders; it must be understood thus, that every mind has substance, according to which it is first; then also power, according to which, doing what is its own, it is pious. These things he clarifies also in the following chapter. Hence from this it can be clearly and incontrovertibly grasped that what we wrote a little before is true; for behold how he speaks. Each heavenly and human mind has first, middle, and last ascents, according to which each comes to participate in the divine and hierarchical illuminations.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:172 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι ἴσην τάξιν εἶπε τῶν ἀνθρώπων καί τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων, καί οὐδένα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἴσμεν, οὔτε προφήτην οὔτε δίκαιον, μηδέν θέντα τῆς ἰδίας προφάσεως εἰς τό πλησιάσαι Θεῷ, Ὅρα γάρ τί ( φησιν ὁ ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ φθάσας, ὅτι «ὑπωπιάζω μου τό σῶμα καί δουλαγωγῶ, μήπως, ἄλλοις κηρύξας, αὐτός ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι»· ἔπειτα σαφῶς ὧδέ φησι τό αὐτεξούσιον καί τῶν ἀγγέλων καί τήν τῆς ἰδίας αὐτῶν ὁρμῆς ἔφεσιν· ἵνα δέ μηδείς τῶν λίαν ἐριστικῶν φιλονεικήση, ὡς ἐν ἐπιλόγῳ φησίν, ὅτι οὐδέν ἀπροσδεές καί αὐτοτελές, τουτέστιν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ τέλειον, εἰ μή μόνος ὁ Θεός· ὥστε ἄγγελοι καί ἄνθρωποι προκοπῆς καί τελειώσεως δέονται. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ΙΑ' § 1. Οὐ γάρ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὡς ἐπί τῶν ἀγγέλων: Αἱ γάρ δυνάμεις τῆς δευτέρας εἰσί καί μέσης τριάδος μετά τάς κυριότητας ταττόμεναι· ὥστε οὐχ ὡς τελευταίων αὐτῶν οὐσῶν πᾶσαι αἱ τάξεις ἐκλήθησαν δυνάμεις, ὡς ἐπί τῶν ἀγγἐλων. Τῶν ἐσχάτων: Ὅτι τά τῶν ἐσχάτων ἔχουσι τά ὑπερκείμενα, τά δέ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων οὐκ ἔχει τά ἔσχατα· οὕτω καί ἀνωτέρω εἴρηται, ἐπειδή τά μέν πρῶτα ὁλικῶς ἔχει τήν ἔλλαμψιν, τά δέ τελευταῖα μερικῶς, ὡς ἐφεξῆς φησιν. Οὕτω καί ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν· ὁ γάρ ἱερεύς δύναται ποιεῖν ὅλα τά τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων, οἷον διακόνων καί τῶν ἐφεξῆς, ὁ δέ διάκονος τά τῶν ἱερέων οὐκ ἐπιτέτραπται ποιεῖν· ὅτι γάρ ἡ καθ' ἡμᾶς ἱεραρχία μιμεῖται τήν οὐρανίαν τάξιν, εἴπομεν ἄνω. Καλῶς δέ προσέθηκε τό ὁλικῶς, μερικῶς γάρ μετέχουσι· τήν σύνταξιν δέ ἀπό τοῦ, οὐ γάρ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ἕως δεῖ συνάψαι, καί ἀρχήν ποιήσασθαι τῆς ἀπορίας. § 2.

English

First, because he said that the rank of humans and of the powers above is equal, and we know no human—neither prophet nor righteous man—who made his own excuse a reason for drawing near to God. For see what he says—the one who reached as far as the third heaven—: "I buffet my body and enslave it, lest, after preaching to others, I myself should become disqualified." Then he clearly states here both the free will of the angels and the impulse of their own motion. And so that no one of the very contentious should strive in dispute, he says, as it were in conclusion, that nothing is without need and self-perfect, that is, perfect of itself, except God alone; so that angels and humans have need of progress and perfection. On Chapter 11. § 1. For it cannot be said as in the case of the angels: for the powers are of the second and middle triad, ranked after the dominions; so that it is not because they are the last that all the orders were called powers, as in the case of the angels. Of the last: That the higher orders possess the things of the last, but the things of the higher orders do not possess the last; thus it was also said above, since the first possess the illumination wholly, but the last partially, as he says in what follows. Thus also in the Church one may find it: for the priest can perform all the functions of those below him, such as deacons and those after them, but the deacon is not permitted to perform those of the priests; for that our hierarchy imitates the heavenly order, we said above. And well did he add "wholly," for they partake partially. And the arrangement is from "for it cannot be said" until it must be joined and made the beginning of the difficulty. § 2.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:173 · narrative
Source · Greek

Φαμέν δέ: Πῶς πάντες λέγονται δυνάμεις; Τελευταία ( γάρ τάξις ἡ τῶν ἀρχῶν καί ἀρχαγγέλων καί ἀγγέλων ἐστί· καί ὅμως καί αὐτοί δυνάμεις ἔστιν ὅτε ὀνομάζονται.

Εἰς οὐσίαν καί δύναμιν: Ὡς ἐν ὑποδείγματι ρητέον οὐσίαν μέν εἰπεῖν τήν πυρός φύσιν, δύναμιν δέ ταύτης τό φωτιστικόν, ἐνέργειαν δέ τό τῆς δυνάμεως ἀποτέλεσμα, ἤγουν τό φωτίζειν καί καίειν. Ἤ οὐρανίας δυνάμεις ἀποκαλῶμεν: Ὁμώνυμόν ἐστιν ὄνομα αἱ δυνάμεις· λέγεται γάρ οὕτω καί τό ἰδικόν τάγμα, τουτέστι τό δεύτερον τῆς μέσης τριαδικῆς διακοσμήσεως, καί κοινῶς πάντα τά τάγματα, ὡς δύναμιν ἔχοντά τινα,

Ταῖς ὑφειμέναις: Κατά κοινοῦ τό 'ἡμᾶς' οἰητέον. Σημείωσαι, πῶς ἀνωτέρω μέν φησιν, ὅτι εἰς τρία διαιροῦνται αἱ ἀγγελικαί τάξεις, εἰς οὐσίαν καί δύναμιν καί ἐνέργειαν, ἐνταῦθα δέ λέγει τόν λόγον, δι' ὅν δυνάμεις πᾶσαι καλοῦνται. Περισσῶς ἔχουσι καί τάς: Δοκεῖ πως ἐνταῦθα λέγειν, ὅτι· κατ' ἀξίαν αἱ ἀγγελικαί διακοσμήσεις δημιουργικῶς ἐτάχθησαν, οὐ σαφῶς δέ τοῦτο παρίστησιν: ἄνω γάρ ἐν τῷ πρό τούτου κεφαλαίῳ φανερῶς τήν αὐτῶν ἔφεσιν καί νόησιν λέγει, αἰτίας αὐτάς εἶναι τῆς ὑπερτέρας αὐτῶν τάξεως, ἀμέλει ὅτι καί καθαίρεσθαι καί φωτίζεσθαι καί τελειοῦσθαι εἶπεν αὐτάς. Ἔστιν οὖν ἐπιχειρήσαντα εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῶς, ὅτι ὁ Θεός, προειδώς αὐτῶν τήν τῆς ἐφέσεως κίνησιν, καί τάς αὐτῶν τάξεις ἀξίας αὐτῶν παρήγαγεν, ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ἄν εἴποι τις αὐτάς δύνασθαι ἐκπεσεῖν, διά τό ἕξιν τινά κτήσασθαι πρός τό ἀγαθόν διά τῆς ἅγαν θελήσεως· τούς δέ ἀγγέλους, τουτέστι τούς τελευταίους διακόσμους ἐνδέχεσθαι ἴσως καί ἐπί τό χεῖρον τραπῆναι·

English

We say: How are all called powers? For the last rank is that of principalities and archangels and angels; and yet even they are sometimes called powers.

Into substance and power: One must speak by way of example: to call the nature of fire its substance, its illuminating quality its power, and the effect of the power its activity—that is, to illuminate and to burn. Or let us call the heavenly powers: "Powers" is an equivocal name; for thus is called both the particular rank—that is, the second of the middle triadic order—and in common all the ranks, as having a certain power.

To those below: "Us" must be understood as applying in common. Note how above he says that the angelic orders are divided into three—into substance, power, and activity—but here he states the reason why all are called powers. They also have in excess: He seems somehow to say here that the angelic orders were arranged creatively according to worth, but he does not make this clear; for above, in the preceding chapter, he plainly states their desire and understanding, saying that they are causes of the rank above them—indeed, he said that they are purified, illuminated, and perfected. It is therefore possible, having undertaken to speak piously, to say that God, foreknowing the movement of their desire, also brought forth their ranks as worthy of them, from which one could not say that they are able to fall, because they acquired a certain habit toward the good through their exceedingly holy will; but the angels—that is, the last orders—perhaps admit of being turned even toward the worse.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:174 · narrative
Source · Greek

εἶπεν αὐτούς γάρ περικοσμίους, ἐξ ὧν οἶμαι καί τόν διάβολόν ποτε εἶναι πρό τοῦ μή ἐκπεσεῖν· καί εἴ τις τούτων τελειότερον οἶδεν, αἰτῶ μαθεῖν. Σημείωσαι δέ, πῶς κατά τάξιν αἱ ἀγγελικαί διακοσμήσεις δημιουργικῶς παρήχθησαν. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ΙΒ' ( § 1. Ζητεῖται: Πῶς οἱ καθ' ἡμᾶς ἱερεῖς ἄγγελοι λέγονται. § 2. α'. Φαμέν γάρ ὅτι ὁλικῆς: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι εἰ καί τῆς τῶν ἀνωτέρω δυνάμεων ἀποδέουσιν ὁλότητος οἱ ἔσχατοι, ἀλλ' οὖν μερικῆς μετέχουσι σοφίας τε καί γνώσεως καί αὐτοί.

β'. Αἱ δέ τῶν ὑπ' αὐτούς: Τίς ἡ ὁλική σοφία καί μέθεξις, καί τίς ἡ μερική· τό δέ 'κατά δύναμιν οἰκείαν' τήν προαιρετικήν δύναμιν νοητέον ἐνταῦθα. γ'. Ὥρισται: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ὥρισται οὐ δηλοῖ εἰμαρμένην τινά καί ἀπαράβατον ἀνάγκην, ὡς εἰώθασι πολλοί λέγειν, ἀλλά τό 'ὥρισται' ἀντί τοῦ διατέτακται κατά ὡρισμένην τινά ἀναλογίαν δυνάμεως, τοῦ νοῦ τυχόν, ὑπέρ ἥν νοῆσαι οὐ χρή.

§ 3. δ'. Εὑρήσεις: Πῶς καί θεοί λέγονται, οἵ τε ἄγγελοι κοινῷ ὀνόματι καί οἱ φιλόθεοι ἄνθρωποι, κατά τό, «ἐγώ εἶπα· θεοί ἐστε». Ἐξῃρημένης: Πῶς καί ποῖα καί κατά τί τῶν θείων ὀνομάτων ἠξίωται. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ΙΓ' § 1. Ὁ σεραφίμ: Σημείωσαι ὁ σεραφίμ ἀρσενικῇ κλίσει. Καί γάρ ἀπορήσειέ τις: Ἐπειδή ἐναντιοφανές εἶναι δοκεῖ τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν· ἔφη γάρ πρό τούτων, ὅτι τά κατώτερα ὑπό τῶν ὑπερκειμένων αὐτά, οὐ μήν ἐκ τῶν ἀνωτάτω μυοῦνται, οἷον ἡ τρίτη τάξις ἐκ τῆς μέσης, καί ἡ μέση ἐκ τῆς ὅλων ἀνωτέρας. Ἐζητήθη δέ ταῦτα καί διαφόρως ἐπελύθη. § 2. α'. Εἰρημένων ἁμαρτιῶν: Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι μυηθῆναι τά ( θεῖα, εἰ μή γένηται πρότερον ἁμαρτιῶν ἄφεσις.

English

He called them "world-encircling," from which I think the devil too once was before he fell; and if anyone knows these things more perfectly, I ask to learn. Note how the angelic orders were brought forth creatively in order. ON CHAPTER 12 (§ 1. It is asked: How our priests are called angels. § 2. a. For we say that of the whole: Note that even if the last ranks fall short of the wholeness of the powers above, nevertheless they too partake of partial wisdom and knowledge.

b. But those of those under them: What is the whole wisdom and participation, and what is the partial; and "according to one's own power" here must be understood as the power of free choice. c. It is determined: Note that "it is determined" does not signify some fate and inescapable necessity, as many are accustomed to say, but "it is determined" instead of "it is appointed" according to some determined proportion of power—of the intellect, perhaps—beyond which one must not think.

§ 3. d. You will find: How both the angels are called gods by a common name and God-loving men, according to "I said: You are gods." Exceptional: How and which and in what respect they have been deemed worthy of the divine names. ON CHAPTER 13 § 1. The seraphim: Note "the seraphim" with masculine declension. For one might raise a difficulty: since what has been said seems to present a contradiction; for he said before this that the lower ranks are initiated by those above them, yet not by the highest, for example the third rank by the middle, and the middle by the one above all. These things were sought out and variously resolved. § 2. a. Of sins that have been spoken: That it is not possible to be initiated into divine things unless first there be forgiveness of sins.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:175 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὁ γάρ σεραφίμ 'ἐμπρηστής', ἤτοι 'θερμαίνων' ἑρμηνεύεται.

§ 3. β'. Ἕτερος δέ σύ σφόδρα: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τό 'σύ σφόδρα', οὐ πάντως πρός σύγκρισιν τοῦ μετρίου εἴρηται· οἷον οὐχ οὕτως εἴρηται τό 'οὑ σφόδρα' ἄτοπον, ὥστε νομίσαι ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ἄτοπον μέν ἔστι πάντως, μετρίως δέ ἄτοπον· ἀλλά καί ἀντί τοῦ θετικοῦ κεῖται, τουτέστιν, οὐ δοκεῖ μοι ἄτοπον εἶναι εὐλαβῶς ἀποφαινόμενος ἔθει φιλοσόφῳ, ἀλλά καί ἀντί τοῦ οὐδαμῶς κεῖται, ὠσεί ἔλεγεν, οὐδαμῶς ἄτοπον. γ'. Διαπλάσας: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τάς θείας τῶν προφητῶν ὁράσεις, τούς ἐφεστῶτας αὐτοῖς ἀγγέλους φησί διαπλάττοντας εἰς φαντασίαν ἄγειν τῶν

δοκούντων ὁρᾶσθαι· αἰνίγματα γάρ καί σύμβολα, οὐ μήν γυμνά πράγματα καί οὐσίας ἑώρων.

Ἐπί Θεόν: Ὁρᾷς ὅτι οἱ μυοῦντες ἄγγελοι τάς ἀποκαλύψεις τούς προφήτας οὕτως ἐποίουν· ἀνάγοντες αὐτούς πρωτοτύπως ἐπί Θεόν τόν πάντων κυρίως αἴτιον· δευτέρως δέ ἐπί τούς μετά Θεόν πρώτους νόας θέσει καί θεοειδῶς ἄρχοντας τῆς ἐπί Θεόν ἱεραρχίας. Ταῦτα ἐφεξῆς διδάσκει.

English

For "seraphim" is interpreted as "burning," that is, "warming."

§ 3. 2. "But you are exceedingly": Note that "you are exceedingly" is not said entirely by way of comparison with the moderate; for example, "exceedingly" is not said to be absurd in such a way that we should think it is altogether absurd, but moderately absurd; rather it is also used in place of the positive, that is, it does not seem to me to be absurd, as he piously declares in the philosophical custom, but it is also used in place of "in no way," as if he were saying, "in no way absurd." 3. "Having molded": Note that he says the divine visions of the prophets—the angels standing over them, molding them—bring them into the imagination of the things that seem to be seen; for they saw riddles and symbols, not naked realities and essences.

"Upon God": You see that the angels who initiate the revelations made the prophets thus: leading them primarily to God, who is properly the cause of all things; and secondarily to the first minds after God, who by position and in a God-like manner rule the hierarchy that leads to God. These things he teaches in sequence.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:176 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί διά πάντων: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἐπί πάντας ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ πρόνοια διήκει κρυφίως, καί ὅτι κατώτερος ἄγγελος ὁμωνύμως σεραφίμ ὀνομάζεται. Ἀναλόγως: Ἤγουν κατά τό μέτρον τῆς τῶν δεχομένων δυνάμεως καί τάς ἐλλάμψεις ἐκτείνει, Κατά τήν ἑκάστης: Πῶς αἱ θεῖαι ἐλλάμψεις εἰς ἐνίους μέν φανότεραι, εἰς ἐνίους δέ ἀμυδρότεραι διαδίδονται, ἐκ παραδείγματος σαφηνίζει. Ἡλιακῆς: Τό ὑπόδειγμα τοῦτο καί ἀνωτέρω παρετέθη· πρώτην δέ ὕλην φησί τήν ὕελον καί τάς ὁμοίας· ὥσπερ καί παχυτέραν, οἷον οἴκους καί σπήλαια καί τά παραπλήσια. Ἄλλως· ( πρώτην ὕλην τήν λεπτήν καί ἀερώδη καί καθαράν. Πάλιν ἡ πυρός θερμότης: Καλῶς ἀπεικάζει τῷ Θεῷ τό πῦρ· λέγει γάρ ἡ Γραφή, «ὁ δέ Θεός πῦρ καταναλίσκον ἐστί», καί ὅτι τό μέν αὐτοῦ θερμαίνει, τό δέ κατακαίει· οὕτω καί ὁ Θεός τούς προσιόντας αὐτῷ φωτίζει, τούς δέ ἀπιστοῦντας κατακαίει, τούς μή ἐν πίστει προσιόντας καί προσεγγίζοντας αὐτῷ. Πρός δέ τάς ἀντιτυπεῖς: Οἶον ἀδάμαντα καί ὕδωρ. Φυσικῆς: Φυσικά λέγει τά αἰσθητά καί ὁρατά. Ἰστέον δέ, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς, αἱ ἀρεταί οὔκ εἰσι κατά συμβεβηκός, ὡς παρ' ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' ὁ Θεός μέν ἔστι ζῶσα ἀρετή καί αὐτοτελής καί ἀπροσδεής, ὅτι ὑπερουσίως οὐσίωται καί μεταδοτικῶς ἐκφοιτᾷ εἰς τά ἀπ' αὐτῆς ὡς αἰτίας οὔσης, ὑπάρξαντα νοητά· πηγή μέν οὖν τῆς ἀρετῆς ζώσης καί θεούσης κατά τό ἐφικτόν τούς μετέχοντας ὁ Θεός· ἀλλ’ ὅμως εἰς πρόοδον προνοητικῶς ἐκφοιτᾷ εἰς τά οὐσιωθέντα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ νοητά, καί ἀκρότης καί τελειότης κατά τοῦτο εἶναι τῶν νοῶν οὐκ ἀποβάλλει.

English

And through all things: Note that the providence of God extends secretly to all, and that a lower angel is named "seraphim" homonymously. Proportionately: That is, according to the measure of the capacity of those who receive, he extends the illuminations. According to each one's: How the divine illuminations are distributed more brightly to some and more dimly to others, he clarifies by example. Of the sun: This example was also set forth above; and he calls glass and the like "first matter," just as he calls houses and caves and similar things "denser." Otherwise: (first matter is the fine and airy and pure. Again the heat of fire: He rightly likens fire to God; for Scripture says, "Our God is a consuming fire," and that its heat warms but burns; so too God enlightens those who approach him, but burns the unbelieving, those who do not approach and draw near to him in faith. But toward the resistant: That is, diamond and water. Natural: He calls sensible and visible things "natural." But one must know that in intelligible things, the virtues are not accidental, as with us, but God is living virtue and self-perfect and in need of nothing, because he is essentially established superessentially and goes forth communicatively into the things that have come to be from it as from a cause—the intelligible things that have existed; so God is the source of living virtue and of deifying, as far as attainable, those who partake; but nevertheless he goes forth providentially into the intelligible things given being by him, and does not lose being the summit and perfection of intellects in this respect.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:177 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ κατά συμβεβηκός οὖν οἱ νόες, ὡς ἡμεῖς, ἔχουσι τήν ἀρετήν, τήν φρόνησιν ἐξ ἀσκήσεως, οἷον ἤ μαθήσεως, ἤ τήν δικαιοσύνην, ἤ τήν σωφροσύνην δι' ἐγκρατείας, ἤ τήν ἀνδρίαν ἐξ εὐθεσίας σώματος καί νεύρων· οὐ γάρ ὡς ἄλλο ἐν ἄλλῳ, ἐν τούτοις ἡ ἀρετή, ἀλλά τό τά οἰκεῖα ἐνεργεῖν καί ἀπαύστως ἀνατετάσθαι πρός Θεόν καί εἰς ἑαυτούς, τοῦτο ἐν αὐτοῖς θεομίμητον, ἀρετή· τάξις δέ ὅμως τήν ὡς ἄλλου ἐν ἄλλῳ διαφυλάττει, ὡς τό, «ζῇ ἐν ἐμοί ἡ ψυχή σου», ἀντί τοῦ, ἡ τῆς διδασκαλίας μετάδοσις· τό δέ συμβεβηκός ( ἐν ὑποκειμένῳ ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ· ἀσύνθετα γάρ καί ἄϋλα ἐκεῖνα, καί τά εἴδη αὐτῶν ζωαί, οὐχ ὡς ἐν ὕλῃ. Καί ταῦτα μέν ὁ παραγράψας ἐνόησεν. Ἔχε δέ κατά νοῦν τάς ἐμάς σημειώσεις, τάς πρό τριῶν φύλλων· καί ἐνταῦθα γάρ τό ἐφιέμεναι τῇ ἐμῇ νοήσει συνεργεῖ· καί οἱ Πατέρες δέ οὕτως ἐνόησαν, καί αὐτός δέ δοκεῖ τό αὐτοπροαίρετον τῶν ἀγγέλων, ὡς μετ' ὀλίγον εὑρήσεις. Ταξιαρχία: Τουτέστιν ὁ Θεός.

Ἔστιν οὖν ἅπασι: Σημείωσαι ὅτι φωτός οὐσία ὁ Θεός, καί τό φύσει ἀρετή, καί θέσει ἀρετή.

English

The minds, then, do not possess virtue accidentally, as we do—prudence from practice, that is, or from learning, or justice, or temperance through self-control, or courage from the soundness of body and sinews. For virtue is not in them as one thing in another; rather, their own proper activity and their unceasing stretching out toward God and toward themselves—this is what is God-imitating in them, virtue. Yet order nonetheless preserves the relation of one thing in another, as in "your soul lives in me," meaning the imparting of teaching. But the accidental is in a subject, which is not the case there; for those things are incomposite and immaterial, and their forms are lives, not as in matter. This is what the one who wrote in the margin understood. Keep in mind my notes, those three leaves back; for here too the striving cooperates with my understanding; and the Fathers understood it thus, and he himself seems to hold the angels' self-determination, as you will find shortly after. Ordering: That is, God.

It is therefore in all: Note that God is the essence of light, and virtue by nature, and virtue by position.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:178 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἡγοῦνται: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι μετά Θεόν ἀρχή πάσης ἀρετῆς οἱ ἀνώτατοι νόες, δι' ὧν πρώτων ἔχομεν τήν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλλαμψιν.

Ἐμπύριον ἰδιότητα: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι κατά ἰδιότητα ἐμπύριοι οἱ ἀνώτατοι νόες. Θρονίαν: Καλῶς ἑρμηνεύει τί εἰσι θρόνοι τῶν οὐρανίων, τό ἀνεῳγμένην τήν περί Θεοῦ νόησιν ἔχειν· θρονίαν δέ φησιν ἰδιότητα τήν ἀποκληρωτικῶς ἀποφανθεῖσαν τῶν ἁγίων θρόνων ἀρχήν.

Ὑφειμένων: Περί τῶν ὑποβεβηκυιῶν τάξεων, ὅπως διά τῶν πρώτων μετέχουσι τῶν θείων.

Τάς εἰρημένας: Ἦλθεν εἰς ἐξήγησην τοῦ προκειμένου. Ἔλεγεν οὖν: Περί τοῦ εἰπόντος φησίν, ὅτι οὐχ ὁ σεραφίμ ἐτύγχανεν, ὁ ὀφθείς τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ, ἀλλά τις τῶν κατωτέρῳν ἀγγέλων· ταύτῃ γάρ τῇ δόξη ἐπαγωνίζεται, ἥν πρό ὀλίγου ἀναφαίνει τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ κεφαλαίου, ἔνθα φησίν, 'ἕτερος δέ οὐ σφόδρα ἄτοπον', καί τά ἑξῆς.

Ὡς ἐν συμβόλοις: Ἐπειδή ἐξαπτέρυγα ὁρᾷ τά σεραφίμ. Καί περί Θεόν ἱδρυμένας: Ἔχει γάρ τό λόγιον ὅτι «εἱστήκει κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ». ( Ἐμάνθανεν οὖν: Ὅρα τί ἐμάνθανεν ὁ Ἠσαΐας, ὅν καλεῖ θεολόγον, ὅτι ἄγνωστον τό Θεῖον καί ταῖς ἀνωτάτω δυνάμεσι, καί ὅτι οὐδέν τῶν ὄντων ἐμφερές αὐτῷ. Ὄντα δέ εἴπομεν ἐν τῷ πρό τούτου βιβλίῳ τά νοητά καί αἰσθητά· ταῦτα δέ μυεῖται ὁ προφήτης μετά τό καθαρθῆναι τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν, περί οὗ μικρόν ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν.

English

They are led: Note that, after God, the highest minds are the beginning of every virtue, through whom first we have the illumination of God.

Fiery property: Note that by property the highest minds are fiery. Thrones: He well interprets what the thrones of the heavenly beings are—to have the understanding concerning God opened; and he calls "thrones" the property that was declared by allotment to be the beginning of the holy thrones.

Of those subordinated: Concerning the ranks that have descended below, how through the first they partake of divine things.

The things said: He came to the explanation of what is set before us. He was saying, then: Concerning the one who spoke, he says that it was not the seraphim that appeared to Isaiah, but one of the lower angels; for he contends for this opinion, which he sets forth a little before at the beginning of the chapter, where he says, "but another, not very unreasonable," and the things that follow.

As in symbols: Since he sees the seraphim with six wings. And established around God: For the oracle has it that "he stood round about him." (He was learning, then: Observe what Isaiah was learning, whom he calls a theologian—that the Divine is unknown even to the highest powers, and that nothing of existing things is like him. But we said that existing things in the book before this are the intelligible and sensible; and the prophet is initiated into these after being purified of his own sins, concerning which we will speak a little later.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:179 · narrative
Source · Greek

Σεραφίμ ἐμυεῖτο: Τί ἐμυεῖτο διά τά σεραφίμ. Ἐπωνυμίας: Ἑρμηνεία σεραφίμ.

Πτερῶν: Τί δηλοῖ τά πτερά.

Τήν ἐπί τό Θεῖον ἐν πρώταις: Εἶπεν ἄνω γάρ ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ δεκάτου κεφαλαίου, ὅτι πᾶς οὐράνιος καί ἀνθρώπειος νοῦς καί πρώτας καί μέσας καί τελευταίας ἔχει τάξεις. Εἰκότως οὖν ἕξ πτέρυγας εἶπεν ἔχειν τήν δύναμιν, ἵνα ταῖς μέν δυσί καλύπτῃ τά πρόσωπα, ταῖς δέ μέσαις τούς πόδας, ταῖς δέ λοιπαῖς τό Θεῖον περιπετῆται, ὅπερ εἶπεν αὐτός τήν ὑπερτάτην ἀνάτασιν. Σημείωσαι δέ τί τό πολύπουν καί τό πολυπρόσωπον τῶν σεραφίμ, καί διά τί σκέπονται ἔνια. Ἑξαπλῆς: Σημείωσαι, πῶς ἀνάγει τάς ἕξ πτέρυγας τῶν ἁγίων σεραφίμ. Ὁρωμένων: Τουτέστι τῶν ὑπό τοῦ προφήτου θεωρουμένων. Τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων: Διά τοῦ καλύπτειν τά πρόσωπα· τῶν δέ βαθυτέρων, διά τοῦ καλύπτειν τούς πόδας· διά δέ τῶν μέσων τήν συμμετρίαν. Καί πολυτίμητον ὑμνῳδίαν Τό, «Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος»· σημαίνει δέ ὅτι καί ἄγγελος, κατ' ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως, δέχεται τήν θείαν ἔλλαμψιν, καί αὐτός μεταδίδωσι τοῖς προφήταις, ὅσον χωροῦσιν, οὐχ ὅσα γινώσκει αὐτός. Ὅτι κάθαρσίς ἐστι: Τί ἐστι κάθαρσις, καί πῶς εἰς τά νοητά γίνεται παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ.

English

Seraphim was initiated: What was he initiated into through the seraphim. Names: The interpretation of "seraphim."

Wings: What the wings signify.

"To the Divine in the first": For he said above, at the end of the tenth chapter, that every heavenly and human mind has first, middle, and last ranks. With good reason, then, he said that the power has six wings, so that with the two it covers the faces, with the middle ones the feet, and with the rest it flies around the Divine—which he himself called the highest ascent. Note also what the many-footed and many-faced nature of the seraphim is, and why certain parts are covered. "Sixfold": Note how he interprets the six wings of the holy seraphim. "Of things seen": That is, of the things beheld by the prophet. "Of the higher": Through covering the faces; of the deeper, through covering the feet; and through the middle ones, the mean. And "a most precious hymn": The "Holy, holy, holy"—and it signifies that even an angel, in proportion to his own power, receives the divine illumination, and himself imparts it to the prophets, as far as they can contain it, not as much as he himself knows. "That it is a purification": What purification is, and how it comes about in things intelligible from God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:180 · narrative
Source · Greek

Αὐτή δέ: Ἡ κάθαρσις δηλαδή ἤ ἡ μετουσία. ( Ἐξῃρημέναις: Οὐ γάρ οἵα ἐστί τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ κάθαρσις, τοιαύτη ἐστί καί ἐπί τῶν ἀσωμάτων.

Ταῖς περί αὐτήν: Περί αὐτήν τήν θεαρχίαν δηλονότι, τουτέστι περί τόν Θεόν. Ἐκφαίνει: Ἡ κάθαρσις δηλονότι.

Ἐπί δέ τῶν δευτέρων: Σκοπεῖν δεῖ, ὅτι διαφέρειν φησίν οὐ μετρίως ἐν τῷ θεοειδεῖ πᾶσαν ἀσώματον δύναμιν· πολύ μέν γάρ ἔχειν τό θεοειδές τούς ἀνωτάτω νόας, ὑφειμένον δέ λοιπόν, καθόσον καί ἡ τάξις ἀπαιτεῖ τούς λοιπούς νόας, μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων· πλέον δέ καί τῶν ἐσχάτων τάς ἡμετέρας ψυχάς· ἐπεί καί πάντων τῶν νοῶν πολύ λείπεται ἡ καθ' ἡμᾶς ψυχή. Καί ἡ θεία τοίνυν ἔλλαμψις συνηγμένη πως μᾶλλον καί συνεσταλμένη θεωρεῖται πρός τήν οἷον εἰς μῆκος ἀπόστασιν τῆς εἰς Θεόν πλησιάσεως, συνάγουσα οἱονεί αὐτή ἡ θεία ἔλλαμψις τήν οἰκείαν φανέρωσιν πρός τό ἑνιαῖον καί ἁπλοῦν αὐτῆς ἄγνωστον· ἄγνωστος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Θεός οὐ διά ποικιλίαν συλλογισμῶν ἀγνοουμένην ἡμῖν, ἀλλά κατά ἑνιαίαν τινά πρός τά καθ' ἡμᾶς, καθ' ἕν καί καθάπαξ ἀκατάληπτον ἀθανασίαν. Ἐμπυρίως: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἐμπύριος ἰδιότης τῶν σεραφίμ ἐστι, καί πῶς, ἀγγέλου καθαίροντος, τά σεραφίμ εἴρηται καθαίρειν, καί πρό τούτων ὁ Θεός.

English

This itself": that is, purification or participation. "With exalted": For human purification is not such as it is, nor is it such among incorporeal beings.

"Concerning it": concerning the divine principle itself, that is, concerning God. "It reveals": that is, purification.

"But among the second": One must observe that he says every incorporeal power differs not moderately in the Godlike; for the highest intellects possess the Godlike greatly, but the rest possess it diminished, insofar as their order also requires, down to the last; and our souls possess it more than even the last; since our soul falls far short of all the intellects. And so the divine illumination is contemplated as somehow more gathered and contracted in proportion to the, as it were, extension in length of the distance of nearness to God, the divine illumination itself, as it were, gathering its own manifestation toward its own unitary and simple unknowability; for God is unknowable not through a variety of reasonings unknown to us, but through a certain unitary immortality, once and for all incomprehensible in relation to our faculties. "Fierily": Note that fiery quality belongs to the seraphim, and how, when an angel purifies, the seraphim are said to purify, and before these, God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:181 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἤ ἱερέων: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι οἱ ἱερεῖς ὑποβεβήκασι τόν ἱεράρχην· καί ὅτι ἄλλο φωτίζειν καί ἄλλο καθαίρειν· καί ὅτι ἄλλο λειτουργός, καί ἄλλο ἱερεύς· καί τῶν ἱερέων καθαιρούντων ἤ φωτιζόντων, ὁ ἱεράρχης λέγεται ποιεῖν. Διατηρῶν ἀτρέπτους: Ὅτι ὁ Θεός ὁ καί πάντων ὁμοίως τῶν νοητῶν δημιουργός, αὐτός καί τάς πρώτας οὐσίας συνέχει καί διατηρεῖ πρός ἀτρεψίαν καί ἀμεταπτωσίαν· ἀτρέπτους δέ νοεῖν δεῖ αὐτάς κατ' ἐκεῖνο καθ' ὅ εἰσιν, οἷον εἰς τό ἀθάνατον, εἰς τήν ζωήν, καθ' ἥν οὐσίωνται εἰς τό εἶναι φῶς· ἐν τούτοις γάρ καί ἀμεταβόλους οὐσιωδῶς, καί εἰς τό μή τρέπεσθαι εἰς ἐκφύλους ἐπιθυμιας, ἅτε καί αὐτεξουσίους, ὁ Θεός συνέχει αὐτούς ( καί διατηρεῖ. Τό μέν γάρ πρός αὐτόν ἀνατείνεσθαι τῆς αὐτῶν ἐστι νοερᾶς προαιρέσεως, τό δέ εἰσαεί περί τοῦτο διαρκεῖν τῆς ἀντιλήψεώς ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ· πάντα γάρ δεῖται τῆς Θεοῦ βοηθείας. Ὁ ταῦτά με διδάσκων: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ταῦτα παρ' ἑτέρου ἔμαθεν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος.

Ἱεράρχης: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι μετά Θεόν ἡγεμόνες καί οἱ ἀνωτάτω διάκοσμοι. Θεοειδῶς ἐμυήθην: Ἡ τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἠθοποιία, ὡσανεί ὁ καθαίρων ἄγγελος τόν Ἠσαΐαν, ταῦτα αὐτῷ ἔλεγε περί τῶν σεραφίμ. Ἤ παρ' ἑαυτοῦ. Τήν καθ' ὑπέρβασιν τοῦ ρητοῦ σύνταξιν μετά πλεῖστα ἀποδιδομένην οὕτω συντακτέον· τῆς σῆς δ' ἄν νοερᾶς ἐπιστήμης, ἤ τήν αἰτίαν ταύτην δέξασθαι, ἤ παρ' ἑαυτοῦ εὑρεῖν, ἤ παρ' ἑτέρου μαθεῖν καί ἀνακαλύψαι μᾶλλον ἑαυτῷ· εἴπερ δέ οἷόν τε καί ἐμοί ὡσαύτως ἀνακαλύψει περί ἀγγέλων ἐραστήν θεωρίαν. Τό τιμῆσαι δέ ἀντί τοῦ προτιμῆσαι. Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τάς τοῦ Θεοῦ δόσεις προξενοῦσιν ἡμῖν οἱ ἄγγελοι.

English

Or priests: Note that priests are subordinate to the hierarch; and that illuminating is one thing and purifying another; and that minister is one thing and priest another; and when priests purify or illuminate, the hierarch is said to do it. Preserving them unturning: That God, who is likewise the creator of all intelligible beings, himself both holds together and preserves the first essences toward unturning and immutability; and they must be understood as unturning in respect of that according to which they are, for instance toward the immortal, toward the life according to which they are essenced into being light; for in these things God holds and preserves them both as immutably essenced and as not turning toward alien desires, inasmuch as they are also self-determining. For to stretch out toward him belongs to their noetic free choice, but to persist always in this belongs to God's assistance; for all things need God's help. He who taught me these things: Note that the great Dionysius learned these things from another.

Hierarch: Note that after God the leaders and the highest orders. I was initiated in a Godlike manner: The characterization of the angel, as if the angel who purifies Isaiah said these things to him concerning the seraphim. Or from himself. The hyperbaton of the sentence, which is rendered after many things, must be construed thus: but it would be [the part] of your noetic knowledge either to receive this cause, or to discover it from itself, or to learn it from another and reveal it rather to itself; if indeed it is possible also for me likewise to reveal a lover's contemplation concerning angels. And to honor is instead of to prefer. Note that the angels procure for us the gifts of God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:182 · narrative
Source · Greek

Προξενούντων: Σκόπει, ὅτε, Θεοῦ διδόντος ἡμῖν λόγον ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματος ἡμῶν, ἄγγελοι προξενοῦσι, δῆλον ὡς ὑπέρ ἡμῶν πρεσβεύοντες. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ΙΔ' Χιλίας: Ταῦτα ἐν τῷ Δανιήλ εἴρηται.

Τήν ἀσθενῆ καί συνεσταλμένην: Ἀσθενῆ συμμετρίαν ἐκάλεσε τόν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀριθμόν πρός τόν τῶν ἀγγέλων· εἴρηται γάρ καί ἑτέρῳ τινί, Διδήμῳ δηλονότι τῷ τυφλῷ· 'Τά μέν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα πρόβατα εἶναι τούς ἀγγέλους, τό δέ ἕν τό ἀπόλωλός ἡμᾶς τούς ἀνθρώπους'.

( Γνωστικῶς: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί αὐτούς τούς ἀγγέλους φησί γνωστικῶς, οὐ μαθητικῶς, εἰδέναι τούς ὁρισμούς, οἱονεί τό, πόσος τῶν οὐρανίων οὐσιῶν ὑπάρχει ὁ ἀριθμός, ἐκ Θεοῦ καί τοῦτο φωτισθέντας. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ΙΕ' § 1. Ἀγγελοπρεποῦς: Ὡς ὀθόνη, ὡς ἄνθραξ. Ἀνακαθάρσεις: Ἀνακαθάρσεις φησί τάς ἐξηγητικάς ἑρμηνείας, δι' ὧν καθαίρονται τῶν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις δοκούντων ἀτόπων τά σύμβολα. Εἰ μέν γάρ: Ἄνω γάρ εἶπεν, ὅτι αἱ ἀνώτεραι δυνάμεις ἱεραρχοῦσι τάς μετ' αὐτάς, καί αἱ μέσαι τάς ὑστέρας, καί αἱ ὕστεραι αὐτῶν τούς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἱεράρχας. Οὔτε γάρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἡ αὐτή τάξις καί ἄρχει τῷ μετ' αὐτήν, καί ἄρχεται ὑπ' αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ οὕτως εἶπεν, ὅτι ἡ πρώτη τάξις ἄρχει μέν αὐτήν, ἄρχεται δέ ὑπό τῶν πρό αὐτῆς· οὕτω καί εἰς τά ἑξῆς νοητέον.

English

Proxenounton: Observe that when God gives us speech in the opening of our mouth, angels act as proxenoi, clearly interceding on our behalf. ON CHAPTER 14 "A thousand": These things are said in Daniel.

"The weak and contracted": He called the number of men in comparison with that of the angels a "weak symmetry"; for it is also said by a certain other, namely Didymus the blind: "The ninety-nine sheep are the angels, and the one that was lost is us, the men."

(Gnostically: Note that he says that even the angels themselves know the definitions gnostically, not discursively—as it were, how great is the number of the heavenly essences—having been illuminated in this too by God. ON CHAPTER 15 § 1. "Angel-befitting": As a linen cloth, as a coal. "Purifications": He calls "purifications" the explanatory interpretations, through which the symbols are purified of the apparent incongruities in what is said. "For if indeed": For above he said that the higher powers hierarchize those after them, and the middle ones the last, and the last ones the hierarchs among men. For he did not say that the same order both rules the one after it and is ruled by them, but he said thus: that the first order rules, while it is itself ruled by those before it; and so it must be understood in what follows as well.)

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:183 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ μέν γάρ ἱεραρχεῖσθαι: Ὅ φησι τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὅτι, εἰ τάς πρώτας τάξεις ἐλέγομεν ἱεραρχεῖν τῶν τελευταίων, εἶτα πάλιν αὐτάς τάς τελευταίας ἱεραρχεῖν τῶν πρώτων τάξεων, ὑφ' ὧν καί ἱεραρχοῦνται, ἄτοπον πρᾶγμα ἦν.

Οὐκ ἀπεικότως; Οὐκ ἄτοπόν φησι τάς ἐν τοῖς λογίοις τῆς Γραφῆς εἰκόνας πάσαις ταῖς ἐπουρανίαις δυνάμεσι περιτιθέναι, ὡς πάσας, φέρε εἰπεῖν, εἶναι ὑψηλάς καί σωτηρίους καί γνωστικάς, εἰ καί μή ὁμοίως, ἀλλά τάς μέν ὑπερκείμενως, τάς δέ ὑφειμένως.

Καί τό πρός τό ἄναντες: Ἀνώτερον καί ὑπερκείμενον. § 2. Ἀρκτέον καί ζητητέον: Σημείωσαι, διά τί ἐν τοῖς ἀγγελικοῖς τύποις μή ἐμπύριον μάλιστα παραλαμβάνεται, καί διά τί τά περί τά οὐράνια πυρώδη ὡς ἐπί πλεῖστόν φησιν ἡ Γραφή. Καί ὅτι οἱ σεραφίμ ἐμπρησταί λέγονται. ( Ἐμπρηστάς ὄντας: Ἑρμηνεία σεραφίμ. Οἱ γάρ ἱεροί: Διά τί καί ὁ Θεός εἰς πῦρ ἐθεωρήθη. Τό γάρ αἰσθητόν πῦρ: Φυσιολογία θαυμαστή περί πυρός. Τό πῦρ ὁρῶμεν τῷ παντί κατεσπταρμένον, ἀμιγῶς δέ, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀναφυρόμενον τοῖς ἐν οἷς ὑπάρχει. Διά πάντων δέ φοιτᾷ, τουτέστιν οὐ καθάπερ τό ὕδωρ προφανῆ τήν πρός τήν γῆν ποιεῖται μίξιν· οὕτω καί τό πῦρ, καταφλέγον τό πᾶν καί ἀναλίσκον· ἐξήρηται δέ, ἤγουν ὑπέρκειται πάντων κατ' ἐξαίρετον στοιχείων δηλαδή, κατά τό δραστήριον· ἄγνωστον δέ αὐτό καί κρύφιον καλεῖ, ὡς ὑπάρχον μέν ἐν ὕλαις τισίν, οὐ φαινόμενον δέ δίχα παρατρίψεως ἤ ἄνευ ὕλης δεκτικῆς τῆς ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ, δεικνύμενον καί κατά τοῦτο ἄσχετον καί ἀθεώρητον·

English

For if to be hierarchically ordered: What he means is this, that if we were to say that the first ranks exercise hierarchy over the last, and then again that the last ranks themselves exercise hierarchy over the first ranks, by which they are also hierarchically ordered, it would be an absurd thing.

Not unreasonably? He says it is not absurd to attribute the images in the oracles of Scripture to all the heavenly powers, so that all, so to speak, are lofty and salvific and noetic, even if not equally, but some more eminently and others more subordinately.

And the phrase "toward the height": Higher and more eminent. § 2. One must begin and inquire: Note why in the angelic types fire is especially not taken up, and why Scripture speaks of the things around the heavens as fiery for the most part. And that the seraphim are called "burners." (Being burners: the interpretation of "seraphim." For the sacred: Why God too was contemplated as fire. For perceptible fire: a wonderful natural philosophy concerning fire. We see fire scattered throughout the whole, but unmixedly, that is, not mingling with the things in which it exists. And it passes through all things, that is, it does not, like water, make its mixture with the earth manifest; so too fire, burning up the whole and consuming it; but it is set apart, that is, it surpasses all the elements by way of exception, in respect of its active power; and he calls it unknown and hidden, as existing in certain materials but not appearing without friction or without matter receptive of its activity, being shown in this respect also to be uncontainable and invisible.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:184 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὁμοίως καί τάς λοιπάς τοῦ πυρός ἰδιότητας θεωρητέον, ἅστινας οὗτος ὁ Πατήρ κατ' εὐσεβῆ ἀναγωγήν τε καί ἔννοιαν ἔλαβεν ἐπί Θεοῦ τε καί ἀγγελικῶν φύσεων. Σημείωσαι δέ διά τί Κύριος ὁ Θεός ὡς πῦρ ἐθεωρήθη πολλάκις, καί κατά τί ἡ ὁμοίωσις τοῦ πυρός πρός τόν Θεόν. Ἀκράτητον, ἀμιγές, διακριτικόν: Σημείωσαι ἔκφρασιν αἰσθητοῦ πυρός, ἤτοι ἔπαινον· διακρίνει γάρ καί τάς ὕλας, οἷον μόλυβδον ἀπό ἀργύρου, καί τάς κολλήσεις διαλύει· ἀναλλοίωτον δέ, καθό οὐ δυνατόν, μένοντος τοῦ ὑποκειμένου, τουτέστιν αὐτῆς τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ πυρός, μεταβάλλειν αὐτό ἐν τοῖς πάθεσιν, οἷον γενέσθαι αὐτό στρογγύλον ἤ κωνοειδές, ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς γηΐνοις ἐστίν εὑρεῖν, ἤ παθεῖν τά τοῦ ἀέρος, οἷον φθαρῆναι διά τῶν ἀναθυμιάσεων ἤ παχυνθῆναι ἤ καί ὡς τό ὕδωρ μεταβολάς δέξασθαι.

Ὑφέσεως: Οὐδέποτε γάρ χωρεῖ ἐπί τά κάτω. Ταυτοκίνητον: Ὡσαύτως κινούμενον.

Ἀπροσδεές: Ὅτι ἀπροσδεές ἑτέρου τό πῦρ, καίτοι δέεταί τινος ὑποκειμένου εἰς τό ἐξαφθῆναι· ἀλλ’ οὐ τοῦτο λέγει, ἀλλ’ ( ὅτι τό πῦρ οὐ μίγνυται ἑτέρῳ στοιχείῳ, οὐδέ κιρνᾶται, ὡς τό ὕδωρ τῇ γῆ· διό καί ἐν στοιχείοις μονοούσιον αὐτό ἔνιοι κεκλήκασιν.

English

Likewise, one must contemplate the remaining properties of fire, which this Father, by pious elevation and understanding, applied to God and to the angelic natures. Note also why the Lord God was often contemplated as fire, and in what respect the likeness of fire to God consists. Unmastered, unmixed, discerning: note the expression of perceptible fire, that is, its praise; for it distinguishes materials, such as lead from silver, and dissolves adhesions. Unchangeable, in that it is not possible, while the underlying subject remains—that is, the very substance of fire—for it to change in its affections, such as to become round or cone-shaped, which one finds in earthly things, or to suffer the things of air, such as to be corrupted by exhalations or thickened, or even to receive changes as water does.

Of diminution: for it never proceeds downward. Self-moved: likewise, being moved.

Without need: because fire is without need of another, although it needs some underlying subject in order to be kindled; but this is not what he means, but rather that fire is not mixed with another element, nor blended, as water is with earth; therefore some have also called it single-substantial among the elements.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:185 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 3. Ἀνθρωπομόρφους: Διά τί καί ἀνθρωπόμορφοι διαπλάττονται οἱ ἄγγελοι. Καί τό κατ' αἴσθησιν: Σημείωσαι τήν διαφοράν τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων πρός τό αἰσθητικόν τῶν λογικῶν, ἡμῶν λέγω· τά μέν γάρ ἄλογα τό πᾶν αἴσθησίς εἰσι, δι' ἦς καί συνίστανται ἀνόητα ὄντα· ἐν δέ ἡμῖν βραχύ τό αἰσθητικόν· οὐ γάρ δι' αὐτοῦ συνιστάμεθα, ἀλλά διά τοῦ νοεροῦ· ὅθεν καί μετά θάνατον ἔτι ἐσμέν, ψυχή νοερά ὄντες. Ἐπί δέ τῶν ἀγγέλων οὐδέ τό βραχύτατόν ἐστι τῶν αἰσθήσεων, ἀλλά τόπος παχύς τά καθ' ἡμᾶς· ἐλάχιστον δέ τόν ἄνθρωπον κατ' αἴσθησίν φησιν, οὐχ ὡς τῶν ἄλλων ζώων πλείονας αἰσθήσεις ἐχόντων, ἀλλά δραστικωτέρας καί ὀξυτέρας. Αἴνιγμα δέ τοῦτο λαμβάνει τό τούς ἀγγέλους μέν κεχρῆσθαι μέν τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς αἰσθητηρίοις, ὑπερέχειν δέ κατά πολύ τῷ περιόντι τῆς νοερᾶς δυνάμεως· ὥσπερ καί ἄνθρωπος τῇ τοῦ νοῦ ὑπεροχῇ καί τῷ λογισμῷ τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεως κρατεῖ.

Τάς μέν ὀπτικάς: Τί οἱ ὀφθαλμοί τῶν νοητῶν δηλοῦσι, καί τί τά ὀσφραντά, τουτέστιν αἱ ρῖνες, καί τί τά ὦτα, καί τί ἡ γεῦσις, καί τί ἡ ἀφή, ἥν ἁπτικήν φησι, καί τί τά βλέφαρα καί αἱ ὁφρύες, καί τί ἥβη, καί τί οἱ ὀδόντες, καί τί οἱ ὦμοι καί οἱ

English

§ 3. "In human form": Why the angels are also molded in human form. And "according to sense": Note the difference between the sensible faculty of irrational animals and the sensitive faculty of rational beings—I mean us. For irrational animals are entirely sense, through which they also subsist as beings without intellect; but in us the sensitive faculty is small, for we do not subsist through it, but through the intellective faculty; whence even after death we still are, being a rational soul. But in the case of the angels there is not even the smallest trace of the senses, but what is according to us is a coarse place; and he calls man "least according to sense," not as though the other animals had more senses, but more active and sharper ones. And this he takes as a riddle: that the angels indeed used our sensory organs, but surpass them greatly by the abundance of their intellective power—just as man also, by the superiority of his intellect and by reason, rules over irrational nature.

"The optical faculties": What the eyes signify of things intelligible, and what the olfactory organs, that is, the nostrils, and what the ears, and what taste, and what touch, which he calls the tactile faculty, and what the eyelids and the eyebrows, and what youth, and what the teeth, and what the shoulders and the

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:186 · narrative
Source · Greek

βραχίονες, οὕς ὠλένας φησί, καί τί τό στῆθος, καί τί τό νῶτον καί οἱ πόδες, καί τί τό ἐλαφρόν τῶν πτερῶν καί τά ἑξῆς.

Τάς δέ τῶν ὀσφραντῶν: Ἐν τούτοις φυσιολογεῖται τό ἰδίωμα τοῦ σωματικοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ· κατά ἀναγωγήν δέ ταῦτα μεταβάλλει, ὥσπερ καί τά τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρωπίνων μελῶν, εἰς θεωρίαν τῶν ἐν ἀγγέλοις φυσικῶν δυνάμεων. Καί τροφίμων ὀχετῶν: Ὀχετόν νόησον τήν τῆς σοφίας ἀνυπέρβλητον χύσιν, κατά τό εἰρημένον, «ἐκχεῶ ἀπό τοῦ ( Πνεύματός μου ἐπί πᾶσαν σάρκα», καί τά ἑξῆς. Διαβαίνει γάρ ἡ θεία γνῶσις ἀπό τοῦ Θεοῦ διά τῶν νοητῶν δυνάμεων ἐπί τούς θείους ἀνθρώπους κατά τήν ἑκάστου ἀναλογίαν. Ἑνοειδῆ: Κατά παράληψιν νοήσεως.

Προνοητικῇ δυνάμει: Πᾶσα, φησί, νοητή δύναμις τήν γινομένην εἰς αὐτήν θείαν γνῶσιν πληθύνει, τουτέστι σαφηνίζει πρός τό νοηθῆναι ὑφ' ἡμῶν, διερμηνεύουσα τά ὁραθέντα, ὡς παρά τῷ Δανιήλ εὑρήσεις, ὅτε διηρμήνευσεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος τό ἐνύπνιον ὅπερ εἶδε.

Τήν δ' αὖ καρδίαν: Περιείληπται παρ' ἡμῖν ἡ καρδια, οἷον κέντρον πρώτως τήν ζωήν δεδεγμένον, ἐπειδή κατά τόν θεῖον Βασίλειον πρώτη κτίζεται ἡ καρδία· εἶτα ὡς ἀπό κέντρου πᾶν τό σῶμα πλαστουργεῖται, ὥστε πανταχοῦ ταύτην τήν ζωήν διατείνειν εἰς τό σῶμα· εἴτε γάρ ἡ σύμφυτος θερμότης ζωοποιεῖ τό σῶμα, εἴτε τό πνεῦμα, εἰτε τό αἷμα, πάντων τούτων πηγή ἡ καρδία. Διό καί τισιν ἔδοξε πᾶν τό ζωτικόν ἀθρόον καί οἷον ἐνταῦθα πρώτως μάλιστα ἱδρῦσθαι, καίτοι πανταχοῦ τοῦ σώματος ὄν καί οὐ κατεχόμενον τόπῳ, οὔτε περιγεγραμμένον ἐν τόπῳ, οὔτε συνεχόμενον ὑπό τοῦ σώματος.

English

The arms, which he calls forearms, and what the breast is, and what the back and the feet are, and what the lightness of the wings is, and so on.

But the things of the nostrils: In these the peculiar property of the bodily eye is treated physically; but by way of elevation these things change, just as do those of the other human members, into the contemplation of the natural powers in the angels. And of nourishing channels: Understand the channel as the insuperable effusion of wisdom, according to what is said, "I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh," and so on. For divine knowledge passes from God through the intelligible powers to divine men according to the proportion of each. Things of one form: By the reception of understanding.

By providential power: Every intelligible power, he says, multiplies the divine knowledge that comes to it, that is, makes it clear so as to be understood by us, interpreting the things seen, as you will find in Daniel, when the angel interpreted to him the dream that he saw.

And the heart: The heart is comprehended by us as, so to speak, a center that has first received life, since according to the divine Basil the heart is first created; then as from a center the whole body is molded, so that this life extends everywhere into the body; for whether the innate heat gives life to the body, or the spirit, or the blood, the heart is the source of all these. Therefore it seemed to some that the whole vital principle is gathered together and, as it were, established here first and foremost, although it is everywhere in the body and is not confined by place, nor circumscribed in place, nor held together by the body.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:187 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὕτως οὖν καί ἐπί τῶν ἀοράτων τάξεων, εἴτε ἐν τῷ παντί, εἴτε κατ' εἶδος διακονικῶς προνοουσῶν· οἱονεί γάρ ἐν μέσῳ καί καρδίας τόπῳ νοητέον αὐτάς, καί ὡς κέντρον πηγαίας ζωῆς ἱδρῦσθαι· καίτοι ἀκρατεῖς οὔσας καί οὐ περιγεγραμμένας τόπῳ ἤ μέρει σωματικῶς, ὧν συνέχουσι προνοεῖν θεόθεν ταχθεῖσαι.

Καί τό φρουρητικόν: Τό ρητόν οὕτως σύνθες· Τό φρουρητικόν τῆς ζωοποιοῦ διαδόσεως· εἶτα ὡς ἐπί τῆς ὑποκειμένης καρδίας. Διό καί ὑποπτέρους: Διά τί ἐπτερωμένοι οἱ πόδες τῶν ἀγγέλων, ( ἵνα δείξῃ τό αὐτοκίνητον καί τό πρός τό θεῖον ἀνατατικόν, καί πρός τά ἐπίγεια ἀκοινώνητον, ὅσον μή τό ἐμπαθές ἐν αὐτοῖς εἶναι, ἐπεί ὤφθησαν καί ἐπί γῆς ἄγγελοι.

Πτερῶν ἐλαφρία: Τί ἐλαφρά πτερωτά.

Καί καθαρεῦον: Τῆς τῶν ἔκτός προσθήκης, οἷον τροφῶν καί ἀμφίων, οἷς τά καθ' ἡμᾶς συγκρατεῖται.

Πολυποίκιλος σοφία: Ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τοῦτο τό ρητόν ἀποστολικόν ἐστι· καί διά τί πολυποίκιλον αὐτήν εἶπεν ὁ θεῖος ἀνήρ; Καίτοι τό ποικίλον ἐπί κακούργου δεχόμεθα· ἄλλως τε καί ἐνταῦθα ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος ἁπλῆν καί πολυποίκιλον αὐτήν εἶπε· δοκεῖ δέ τά δύο ἐναντία· λέγομεν οὖν, ὅτι τό 'ἁπλῆ σοφία' διά τοῦτο εἶπεν, ἵνα δηλώσῃ τό ἀσύνθετον τοῦ Θεοῦ καί τό μηδεμιᾶς διπλόης ἐπιδεόμενον· οὔτε γάρ ἐκ μαθήσεως σοφός ὁ Θεός, ἀλλ' αὐτόχρημα σοφία ἐστι: Τό δέ πολυποίκιλον, διότι εἰς πολλά γνώσεως εἴδη μετατυποῦται διά τήν τῶν ἐλλαμπομένων ἀσθένειαν· ἀρχιερεύς γάρ ἐστι μέγας συμπάσχων ταῖς ἡμῶν ἀσθενείαις. Ἡ καί οὕτως·

English

Thus, then, also in the case of the invisible orders, whether they providentially minister in the whole or according to kind; for they must be understood as it were in the middle and in the place of the heart, and as established as a center of fountain-like life; although they are without parts and not circumscribed by place or part in a bodily way, those things which they have been appointed by God to providentially maintain.

And the guarding: Compose the saying thus: The guarding of the life-giving distribution; then as in the case of the underlying heart. Therefore also "with wings under": Why are the feet of the angels winged, (to show the self-moved and the upward-straining toward the divine, and the uncommunicated with earthly things, insofar as there is no passionate element in them, since angels have also been seen on earth.

Lightness of wings: What the light wings are.

And "cleansing": Of the addition of external things, such as foods and garments, by which our affairs are held together.

"Manifold wisdom": The manifold wisdom of God. This saying is apostolic; and why did the divine man call it manifold? Although we accept "variegated" in the sense of a malefactor; and besides, here the great Dionysius called it both simple and manifold; and the two seem contrary. We say, then, that he called it "simple wisdom" in order to indicate the incomposite nature of God and that which needs no duplicity of any kind; for God is not wise from learning, but is wisdom itself; and "manifold," because it is transformed into many forms of knowledge on account of the weakness of those who are illumined; for he is a great high priest who sympathizes with our weaknesses. Or also thus:

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:188 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἁπλῆ μέν λέγεται σοφία Θεοῦ πρός τῆς οἰκονομίας, ὅτι πάντα ὡς Θεός ἐδημιούργησε, καί ἐν τοῖς τότε δικαίοις τήν ἰδίαν ἀπερικαλύπτως ἐπιδεικνύμενος δύναμιν, ὡς ἐπί Μωσέως καί Ἀβραάμ καί τῶν ἑξῆς· ὅτε δέ τό τῆς οἰκονομίας μυστήριον κατειργάζετο, ἡ πολυποίκολος εἰκότως κληθείη. Ἄνθρωπος γάρ γενόμενος, καί ὑπό νόμον χρηματίσας, καί παθών, καί ἐν νεκροῖς εὑρεθείς, οὕτω διά σαρκός καί τῆς ἐνούσης αὐτῇ ἀσθενείας, ἐθριάμβευε πάντα ἐχθρόν, καί τόν ἅδην

ἐνίκησε, τοῖς ἐκεῖ φρουρουμένοις ἀνάστασιν δωρησάμενος· τοῦτό ἐστι τό ποικίλον τῆς αὐτοῦ σοφίας, ὅτι δι' ἀσθενείας περιεγένετο τῶν δοκούντων ἰσχυρῶν. ( Καθόλου: Καί ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων λόγῳ κεφαλαίῳ δ' πλατέως ἐσαφηνίσθη τί νοητόν καί τί νοερόν· νῦν δέ αὐτός ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος σαφηνίζει· νοητόν μέν γάρ ἐκεῖνο τυγχάνει τό νοούμενον, ὅπερ εἰκότως καί ἐλλάμπειν τό φῶς λέγεται· νοερόν δέ αὐτό τό νοοῦν ὑπάρχον ἐλλαμπόμενον, καί συντόμως εἰπεῖν, αἱ ὑπερβεβηκυῖαι οὐσίαι νοηταί, αἱ δέ ὑφειμέναι νοεραί, καί ὑποβέβηκε τό νοοῦν τό νοούμενον. Νοητῶς μέν ἐλλάμπον ἡ θεία φύσις, νοερῶς δέ ἐλλαμπόμενον ἡ ἀγγελική.

English

The wisdom of God is called simple in relation to the economy, because as God he created all things, and in the righteous of that time he displayed his own power without concealment, as in the case of Moses and Abraham and those after them; but when he was working out the mystery of the economy, it would reasonably be called manifold. For having become man, and having been made under the law, and having suffered, and having been found among the dead, thus through flesh and the weakness that is in it he triumphed over every enemy, and conquered Hades, granting resurrection to those guarded there; this is the manifoldness of his wisdom, that through weakness he prevailed over those who seemed strong. (In general: And in the discourse On the Divine Names, in the fourth chapter, it was explained at length what is intelligible and what is intellectual; but now the great Dionysius himself makes it clear; for the intelligible is that which is understood, which is reasonably said to be illumined by the light; and the intellectual is the very thing that understands, being illumined, and to speak briefly, the transcendent essences are intelligible, while the subordinate ones are intellectual, and the understanding is subordinate to the intelligible. The divine nature illumines intelligibly, while the angelic nature is illumined intellectually.)

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:189 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἱερατικήν: Σημαίνει τί τό ἱερατικόν ἔνδυμα ἐν Ἰεζεκιήλ καί Δανιήλ. Συναγωγόν αὐτῶν ἕξιν: Εἴπομεν ἀνωτέρω, τί ἐστιν ἕξις ἐπί ἀσωμάτων. Καί ἀνάγνωθι ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ κεφαλαίῳ, 'τό συνηγμένον δέ καί ἀσκέδαστον τῶν νοήσεων· διά τούτων δηλοῖ ὁ Πατήρ περί τάς θείας ἐλλάμψεις, καί τήν οἰκείαν ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Θεοῦ μονῇ ταυτότητα συνειλουμένην διά παντός. Ἀνομοίων: Ὑλικῶν δηλονότι.

§ 5. Γεωμετρικά: Περί σκευῶν γεωμετρικῶν ἐν Ἰεζεκιήλ καί Ζαχαρίᾳ. Ἐπανορθωτικήν: Ὡς τό ξιφος ἐν Βασιλείαις, καί τό δρέπανον ἐν Ζαχαρίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ.

§ 6. Ἀνέμους: Τοῦ κειμένου παρά τῷ Δαβίδ οἶμαι αὐτόν μνημονεύειν, «ὁ περιπατῶν ἐπί πτερύγων ἀνέμων», ἴσως τήν ἀνάληψιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ δηλοῦντος· ἐπεί καί ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ὁ Πατήρ, νεφέλης αὐτούς περιπλάττεσθαι ἰδέαν φησιν, διά τό εἰρῆσθαι· «νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτόν ἀπό τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν». Ἀχρόνως: Ἀχρόνως εἰκότως ἔφη· ἐπί γάρ τῶν αἰσθητῶν κυρίως ἐν χρόνῳ καί βραδύτερα τά γινόμενα· ἐπί δέ τῶν ἀσωμάτων ( καί νοητῶν ἀχρόνως καί αἰωνίως καί ἀμελητί τελεσιουργεῖται· οὐ δεῖ οὖν χρόνον ἐπί τῶν νοητῶν ὀνομάζειν. Ποίησιν: Ἀντί τοῦ πνεῦσιν ἤ πτῆσιν.

English

Priestly: What the priestly garment in Ezekiel and Daniel means. Their gathered habit: We have said above what a habit is in the case of incorporeal beings. And read in the seventh chapter: "the gathered and undispersed state of the thoughts; through these the Father indicates concerning the divine illuminations, and the identity of his own abiding in the good God, being drawn together through all things." Of unlike things: that is, of material things.

§ 5. Geometrical: Concerning geometrical vessels in Ezekiel and Zechariah. Corrective: As the sword in Kings, and the sickle in Zechariah the prophet.

§ 6. Winds: I think he is recalling the passage in David, "who walks upon the wings of the winds," perhaps indicating the ascension of Christ; since also in what follows the Father says that they are wrapped about by the form of a cloud, because it has been said: "a cloud received him from their eyes." Without time: He reasonably said "without time"; for in the case of sensible things, things that come to be in time are properly also slower; but in the case of incorporeal and intelligible things, they are accomplished without time and eternally and without delay; so one ought not to name time in the case of intelligible things. Making: Instead of breathing or flying.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:190 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί τήν ἄνωθεν: Τό δέ ἄνωθεν ἐπί τά κάτω, ὡς ἐπί τῆς Ἰακώβ κλίμακος. Ἀερίου: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἀέριον πνεῦμα τόν ἄνεμον λέγει. Ἀνεμιαίαν. Ἑτέρα θεωρία τῆς ἀνέμων ἐπωνυμίας. Συμβολικῇ θεολογίᾳ. Σημείωσαι καί ἕτερον αὐτοῦ σύγγραμμα μή φερόμενον· τετράστοιχον δέ ἀνακάθαρσιν τήν τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ἀναγωγικήν ἀλληγορίαν φησί· τά σύμβολα δέ, ὡς ἔοικε, μᾶλλον τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ἐκεῖ διά θεωρίας ἀνέπτυξε. Σημείωσαι δέ, πῶς ἑρμηνεύει τό, «Πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ», διά τῶν ἐπιφερομένων· φησί γάρ· «οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται καί ποῦ ὑπάγει». Ὑπερκοσμίως ἀποπεπληρωμένοις: Ὥσπερ γάρ ἡ νεφέλη προσκαλεῖται τό τῆς θαλάσσης ὕδωρ καί ἐκχεῖ αὐτό ἐπί τό πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, κατά τό εἰρημένον, «ὁ προκαλούμενος τό ὕδωρ τῆς θαλάσσης, καί ἐκχέων αὐτό ἐπί πᾶν τό πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς», οὕτω καί οἱ νόες δεχόμενοι τήν οἰκείαν γνῶσιν, νεφελῶν δίκην ἐπί τούς ὑποδεεστέρους ἁπλοῦσιν.

Ἀνεκπομπεύτως:

Ἀνεκπομπεύτως φησίν, ἤγουν συγκεκραμένως·

English

From above: The “from above” toward things below, as in the case of Jacob’s ladder. Aerial: Note that he calls the wind an aerial spirit. Windy. Another contemplation of the naming of the winds. In symbolic theology. Note also another treatise of his not in circulation; and he calls a four-element purification the anagogical allegory of the four elements; but the symbols, as it seems, he unfolded there rather by contemplation of the four elements. And note how he interprets “The Spirit blows where it wills” through what follows; for he says, “you do not know where it comes from and where it goes.” Supercosmically filled: For just as the cloud summons the water of the sea and pours it out upon the face of the earth, according to what is said, “he who summons the water of the sea and pours it out upon all the face of the earth,” so too the intellects, receiving their own knowledge, like clouds spread it out upon those inferior to them.

Without ostentation:

“Without ostentation,” he says, that is, in a mingled manner.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:191 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἀναπόβλητον γάρ ἐν νεφέλῃ τό φῶς.

Ὀμβροτοκίαν: Ἑτέρως θεωρεῖ, τί νεφέλαι σημαίνουσι· παρακατιών δέ, τί φησι σημαίνειν ἤλεκτρον καί χαλκόν καί τά ποιά χρώματα καί μορφάς θηρίων ἐπί ἀγγέλων.

Ἐκδόχειον: Ἐκδόχειον κόλπον, τήν τούς ὑετούς ὑποδεχομένην ὠνόμασε γῆν, δι' αὐτῶν τούς οἰκείους τίκτουσαν καρπούς. § 7. Ἀλλ' ἐπειδή ταῦτα: Περί τῶν θηρομόρφων τύπων. ( § 8. Ἰχνῶν: Σημείωσαι τό φυσικόν τοῦ λέοντος ἐντεῦθεν· φασί γάρ ὅτι, τούς θηρεύοντας λανθάνειν βουλόμενος, περιπατῶν, τῇ οὐρᾷ ἐξαφανίζει τά

ἑαυτοῦ ἴχνη, ἵνα μή γνωσθῶσιν· ὅθεν καί περί Θεοῦ εἴρηται· «ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἡ ὁδός σου, καί αἱ τρίβοι σου ἐν ὕδασι πολλοῖς, καί τά ἴχνη σου οὐ γνωσθήσονται»· ὥσπερ γάρ ὁδός ἐν ὕδασιν οὐ σώζεται, οὔτε ἴχνη λέοντος, οὕτως οὔτε Θεοῦ πορεῖαι. Εὐμήχανον: Ὀξυωπέστατον γάρ ζῶον ὁ ἀετός. Λόγος γάρ τούς ἀετούς τῶν τικτομένων τά γνήσια ἐκ τῶν νόθων οὕτω διακρίνειν· ἐάν ἀτενίσωσιν ἀσκαρδαμυκτί πρός τόν ἥλιον, γνήσιά εἰσιν· εἰ δέ μή, ὡς νόθα ἀποβάλλονται τῆς καλιᾶς· οὕτως οὖν καί ὁ μή δυνάμενος καθαρῶς τῷ ἡλίῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀτενίσαι, νόθος τῆς αὐτοῦ γνώσεως εὑρίσκεται.

English

For the light in the cloud is not to be cast away.

Rain-bearing: He contemplates in another way what the clouds signify; and going further down, he says what the amber and bronze and the various colors and forms of beasts signify in the case of angels.

Receptacle: He has called the bosom a receptacle—the earth that receives the rains, and through them brings forth its own fruits. § 7. But since these things: Concerning the beast-shaped types. (§ 8. Tracks: Note from this the nature of the lion; for they say that, wishing to escape the hunters, as it walks it obliterates its own tracks with its tail, so that they may not be known; whence it is also said concerning God: “In the sea is your way, and your paths in many waters, and your tracks shall not be known”; for just as a way is not preserved in waters, nor the tracks of a lion, so neither are the goings of God. Ingenious: For the eagle is the sharpest-sighted of animals. For the account says that eagles thus distinguish the genuine offspring from the bastard ones: if they gaze unblinkingly at the sun, they are genuine; but if not, they are cast out of the nest as bastard; so then also the one who is not able to gaze purely at the sun of righteousness is found to be a bastard of his knowledge.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:192 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί λευκῶν μέν: Σημείωσαι τί ἵπποι λευκοί, κυανοί, ἐρυθροί, σύμμικτοι· ἀνόμοιον δέ ὁμοιότητα ἄνω τελέως ἐσαφηνίσαμεν ἐν δευτέρῳ κεφαλαίῳ τούτου τοῦ βιβλίου.

Τήν κατ' εὐθεῖαν: Τό τήν πρός τό δύναμιν ἁρμοστέον· τά δέ λοιπά διά μέσου. Κατ' ἄλλην: Ἑτέρα θεωρία εἰς τούς τροχούς. Γελγέλ: Σημείωσαι τί σημαίνει τό γελγέλ παρά τῷ προφήτη Ἰεζεκιήλ. Χαρᾶς: Πῶς λέγονται χαίρειν τά οὐράνια, καί αὐτό τό Θεῖον. Ἐμπαθής: Ἐμπαθῆ ἡδονήν τήν ἀνθρωπίνην φησίν, ὡς τῇ περί τό σῶμα εὐαλλοιώτῳ ἐμπαθείᾳ συνισταμένην.

Ρᾳστώνην: Τό τῆς ρᾳστώνης ὄνομα τίθεται μέν ἐπί τῶν πονεῖν μή βουλομένων, ἀλλά διαφόρως ζῇν ἑλομένων· σημαίνει ( δέ ἡ λέξις τό εὐχερές καί οὐκ ἐπίπονον· ἐνταῦθα μέντοι τό μακάριον καί ἀπαθές καί ἀόχλητον ὑποφαίνει. Ἄλλως ρᾳστώνην φησί τήν εὐκολίαν καί εὐμάρειαν ψυχικήν ἐν ἀναπαύσει μετά ἀπαθείας· ἀναλόγως οὖν καί ἐπί ἀγγέλων νοητέον· Εὐπάθειαν: Εὐπάθειαν ὡς ἐκ τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς λαβῶν ἔφη· δηλοῖ δέ τό εὖ ἔχειν διά παντός, καί τήν ἀπήμονα κατάστασιν.

English

And the white ones: Note what the white, dark-blue, red, and mixed horses mean; but the dissimilar likeness we have fully explained above in the second chapter of this book.

“The one directly”: The phrase “toward the power” must be joined [to it]; the rest [is said] in between. In another sense: Another contemplation concerning the wheels. Gelgel: Note what gelgel means in the prophet Ezekiel. Of joy: How the heavenly things, and God Himself, are said to rejoice. Passionate: He calls human pleasure passionate, as consisting in the passible changeableness concerning the body.

Facility: The name “facility” is applied to those who do not wish to labor but have chosen to live in different ways; the word signifies what is easy and not toilsome; here, however, it indicates the blessed, passionless, and untroubled state. In another sense, he calls facility the ease and mental comfort in rest with impassibility; analogously, then, it must be understood also of angels. Good-passion: He said “good-passion” as having taken it from our own [usage]; it signifies having well-being throughout, and the painless condition.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:193 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἄνδρες ἱεροί: Ταῦτα οὐχ οἷόν τε νοεῖν ὥς εἰσι, πλήν εἰ μή τούς ἀξιωθέντας τοιαύτης τελειότητος, ὁποίους ἄρα καί εἶναι προσήκει ἄνδρας, καθάπερ ὁ ἅγιος οὗτός φησιν ἱερεύς, ὥστε καί θείων ἐλλάμψεων ἀξιωθῆναι περί τήν ὄντων γνῶσιν, καί περί τήν πρός τόν Θεόν καθαράν ἀνάτασιν· ἐκ γάρ τῶν τοιούτων ἐλλάμψεων θεούμενος, λοιπόν ὁ νοῦς ὡς ἐν ρᾴονι λήξει γενόμενος, ἐν ἕξει γίνεται τῆς ἀγγελικῆς ἡδονῆς, καί τῆς ἐν ἐκείνοις ἀοχλησίας, καθ' ἥν ρᾳστωνευόμενος λοιπόν ὁ νοῦς, ὡς ἐν ρᾴονι λήξει γενόμενος, ἐπί τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν σωζομένων, ἀπαθῶν, καθ' ὅσον δυνατόν, Θεόν μιμεῖται, τόν θέλοντα πάντας ἀνθρώπους σωθῆναι, ἀπολαύσας τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ θεουργῶν ἐπιφοιτήσεων, τουτέστι τῶν θεούς ἐργαζομένων καί ἀποτελουσῶν. Θεουργούς δέ ἐπιφοιτήσεις φησί τάς θεούς ἐργαζομένας καί ἀποτελούσας.

Ὅτι τῶν μέν τήν ὑπερκόσμιον: Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι δεῖ τόν ἀγνοοῦντα μή ἐρυθριᾶν ἐν οἷς ἠγνόησεν, ἀλλ’ ὁμολογεῖν τήν ἄγνοιαν, καί μή ὡς ἔτυχεν ἀποκρίνεσθαι περί ὧν ἠγνόησεν. Ἰστέον δέ, ὅτι τά γνωρίσματα ἅπερ εἶχον ἔτι Ἕλληνες ὄντες οἱ ἅγιοι, οὗτοι καί μετά τό ἐπιστρέψαι πρός Χριστόν ἀνερυθριάστως ἐπέγραφον ἑαυτοῖς. Ἰδού γάρ καί οὗτος Ἀρεοπαγίτην καλεῖ ἑαυτόν, καί ὁ θεῖος Ἰουστῖνος ἐν τῷ Πρός Ἕλληνας λόγῳ Ἰουστίνου ἐπέγραψε Φιλοσόφου. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΕΚΚΛΗΣΙΑΣΤΙΚΗΣ ΙΕΡΑΡΧΙΑΣ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Α' ( § 1. α'. Θεουργικῆς: Θεουργικῆς φησι τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐνεργουμένης, ἤγουν δοθείσης ἀνθρώποις, καί ὅτι θεούς ἀπεργάζεται καί ἀποτελεῖ ἡ ἐν Χριστιανοῖς ἱεραρχία.

English

Holy men: These things cannot be understood as they are, except by those deemed worthy of such perfection, of the sort that men ought indeed to be, as this holy priest says, so as to be deemed worthy even of divine illuminations in the knowledge of beings and in the pure upward stretching toward God; for from such illuminations the mind, being deified, thereafter, having come to be as it were in a state of ease, comes to possess the angelic pleasure and the freedom from disturbance that is in them, in accordance with which the mind, thereafter taking its ease, having come to be as it were in a state of ease, in the salvation of those being saved, impassibly, as far as is possible, imitates God, who wills all men to be saved, having enjoyed the God-working visitations of God, that is, those that make and produce gods. And he calls "God-working visitations" those that make and produce gods.

That of those the supermundane: Note that one who is ignorant ought not to be ashamed in the things he does not know, but to confess his ignorance, and not to answer at random about things he does not know. And one should know that the distinguishing marks which the saints had while they were still Greeks, these after turning to Christ they also inscribed upon themselves without shame. For behold, this man also calls himself a member of the Areopagus, and the divine Justin in his discourse To the Greeks inscribed it as "of Justin the Philosopher." ON THE CHAPTER 1 OF THE ECCLESIASTICAL HIERARCHY (§ 1. 1. God-working: He says "God-working" of that which is energized by God, that is, given to men, and that the hierarchy among Christians makes and produces gods.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:194 · narrative
Source · Greek

Παραδόσεων: Ὅτι τήν ἱεραρχικήν ἐπιστήμην ἐκ παραδόσεως παρέλαβεν. β'. Οὐκ ἐξορχήσῃ: Τουτέστιν οὐ παιγνιωδῶς καί ἀνευλαβῶς ποιήσεις πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνιέροις καταφανῆ, γέλωτος ἀφορμήν ποιούμενος τά θεῖα καί μυστικά. γ'. Ἱεροῖς δέ μόνοις: Ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τά ἅγια τοῖς βεβήλοις ἐκφαίνειν, οὐδέ τούς μαργαρίτας τοῖςχοίροις ρίπτειν.

δ'. Ὁ θεαρχικώτατος νοῦς: Σημειωτέον κατά Νεστοριανῶν, ὅτι νοῦς καί ἐπί Θεοῦ λέγεται· ἁγιαστείας δέ, ἤτοι καθαρότητος εἰς ἁγιωσύνην. ε'. Κατά δύναμιν: Τῶν νοερῶν αὐτῶν οὐσιῶν καί νοητῶν κατά τήν δύναμιν· οὐ γάρ κατά τήν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν Ἰησοῦς· ἀπειροδύναμος γάρ, ἅτε καί Θεός. ς'. Συμπτύσσει: Ἡ ἑρμηνεία τούτων ἐστίν ἐν τῷ Περί θείων ὀνομάτων πέμπτῳ κεφαλαίῳ.

ζ'. Πολλάς ἑτερότητας: Πολλάς ἑτερότητας οἶμαι λέγεσθαι ( τάς πολυειδεῖς τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν μερίμνας, ἅς ἀπαγορεύει ὁ Κύριος· ἑνοειδῆ δέ καί θείαν ζωήν τό ζητεῖν ἐν πρώτοις τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καί τήν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ, ὅπερ ὁ Κύριος ἐσήμανεν, εἰπών ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ, «ἵνα ὦσιν ἕν»· τό δέ οὕτω πεποιῶσθαι τήν ψυχήν, ἕξιν ἱεράν ἀπεκάλεσεν, ἥτις καί μάλιστα τοῖς ἱερωμένοις πρεπώδης.

English

From the Traditions: That he received the hierarchical science from tradition. 2. You shall not proclaim abroad: That is, you shall not make the divine and mystical things manifest to all the uninitiated in a playful and irreverent manner, making them a cause of laughter. 3. But to the sacred alone: That one must not reveal the holy things to the profane, nor cast the pearls to the swine.

4. The most divine-ruling mind: It should be noted against the Nestorians that "mind" is also said of God; and of sanctification, that is, of purity unto holiness. 5. According to power: Of the intellectual essences themselves and of things intelligible according to power; for Jesus does not act according to his own power, for he is infinite in power, inasmuch as he is also God. 6. He contracts: The interpretation of these things is in the fifth chapter of On the Divine Names.

7. Many diversities: I think many diversities are spoken of (the manifold cares of fleshly desires, which the Lord forbids; and the uniform and divine life is to seek first the kingdom of God and his righteousness, which the Lord indicated when he said in the prayer, "that they may be one"; and to have the soul thus disposed he called a sacred habit, which is especially fitting for those who are consecrated.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:195 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί τῆς τῶν θεαμάτων γνώσεως: Τουτέστι τῶν περί Θεοῦ λόγων καί διδαγμάτων τήν ἐπιστημονικήν κατανόησιν· οὐ γάρ ἄχρι ψιλῆς τῆς τῶν λογίων ἀκοῆς ἤ ἐκφωνήσεως τά τῶν ἱερῶν μυήσεων, ἀλλά τῇ παρακολουθήσει τῆς διανοίας καί τῇ συνέσει τῶν ὑμνουμένων· οὕτω γάρ καί οἱ κατά Θεόν πρῶτον ἐφιεροῦνται αὐτῷ, καί εἶθ' οὕτως ἑτέροις τό τοιοῦτον προξενοῦσι· τελειοῦνται, καί πάλιν τελειοῦσιν.

§ 2. Ἀγγέλων ἐστί: Ὅτι τάς ἐννέα τάξεις καί νῦν λέγει, ἅς προωνόμασεν ἐν τῷ Περί τῆς θείας ἱεραρχίας λόγῳ.

Καί πᾶσα ἡ νῦν ὑμνουμένη: Τίς ἡ δύναμις πάσης ἱεραρχίας. Αὐτόν τε τόν ἱεράρχην: Τουτέστι τόν ἐπίσκοπον. Καί τοῖς ὑποβεβηκόσι: Περί προκοπῶν.

Ὑποβεβηκότας ἕπεσθαι: Πρεσβυτέρους.

Ἀλλ' αἱ μέν: Σύγκρισις τῆς οὐρανίας καί τῆς αἰσθητῆς ἱεραρχίας. Αἰσθητῶν συμβόλων: Αἰσθητά σύμβολά εἰσι τά ἑξῆς δηλούμενα μυστήρια· τουτέστι τό βάπτισμα, ἤτοι φώτισμα· ἡ σύναξις, ἤγουν τό τῆς κοινωνίας μυστήριον, καί τά λοιπά.

Ἕν μέν ἔστιν: Ὁ Θεός δηλονότι.

English

And of the knowledge of the visions: That is, the scientific comprehension of the words and teachings concerning God; for the things of the sacred initiations are not [attained] up to the bare hearing or utterance of the oracles, but by the following of the mind and the understanding of the things hymned; for thus also those who are according to God are first consecrated to him, and then in this way they procure such things for others; they are perfected, and again they perfect.

§ 2. It is of angels: That he now speaks of the nine orders, which he previously named in the discourse On the Divine Hierarchy.

And all that is now hymned: What is the power of every hierarchy. Both the hierarch himself: That is, the bishop. And those who are below: Concerning advancements.

That those below follow: Presbyters.

But the one: A comparison of the heavenly and the perceptible hierarchy. Of perceptible symbols: The perceptible symbols are the mysteries indicated in what follows; that is, baptism, or illumination; the synaxis, that is, the mystery of communion, and the rest.

One thing is: God, clearly.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:196 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐχ ἑνιαίως: Ἀντί τοῦ ἑνοειδῶς καί καθ' ἕνα καί τόν αὐτόν τρόπον. ( Νοητῶν τε: Σημειωτέον, ὅτι τό σύνταγμα ὅ αὐτῷ ἐποιήθη περί νοητῶν καί αἰσθητῶν, παρ' ἡμῖν οὐχ εὕρηται. Διεξοδικώτερον: Ἀντί τοῦ πλατύτερον.

§ 3. α'. Ἔστι μέν ἱεραρχία: Ἱεραρχία ἐστί, φησί, καθώς ἡ σεπτή ἡμῶν παράδοσις παρίστησι, τά καθολικῶς θεωρούμενα ἤ λεγόμενα περί τῶν προκειμένων, ἤγουν ὑποκειμένων ἱερῶν πραγμάτων, ἤτοι δέ καί πραττόμενα. Συγκεφαλαίωσιν γάρ τήν τοῦ ὅλου περίληψιν λέγει, ὥσπερ καί ἀνακεφαλαίωσιν λέγομεν τό ἐπαναλαβεῖν ἐν ὀλίγοις τά προλεχθέντα.

β'. Καθολικωτάτη: Καθολικά ἐστι τά περιεκτικώτερα. Φησίν οὖν, ὅτι τυχόν ἁπάσης τάξεως ἱεραρχίας λεγομένης, ἱεραρχία ἐστίν ἁπάσης ἱεραρχίας ἡ ἀρχικωτέρα καί γενικωτέρα συγκεφαλαίωσις· οἷον τῆς πρεσβυτέρων ἱεραρχίας, τουτέστι τάξεως, ἱεραρχία ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, ὀφείλων γινώσκειν, καθαίρειν, φωτίζειν, τελειοῦν· τῆς διακόνων ἱεραρχίας ἱεραρχία ὁ ἀρχιδιάκονος, ὅς ὀφείλει γινώσκειν τάς λειτουργικάς ἐνεργείας· καί οὕτω καθεξῆς τά λοιπά συντάγματα.

English

Not in a unified way: Instead of "in a single form" and "according to one and the same manner." (Of things intelligible: It should be noted that the compilation made by him concerning intelligible and sensible things has not been found among us. More expansively: Instead of "more broadly."

§ 3. 1. There is indeed a hierarchy: A hierarchy is, he says, as our venerable tradition sets forth, the things contemplated or spoken of universally concerning the matters at hand, that is, the underlying sacred things, or also the things performed. For he calls "summarization" the comprehensive inclusion of the whole, just as we also call "recapitulation" the repeating in brief of what has been said before.

2. Most universal: Universal things are the more inclusive. He says, then, that since, for instance, every order is called a hierarchy, the hierarchy is the more archetypal and more generic summarization of every hierarchy; for example, of the hierarchy—that is, the order—of presbyters, the bishop is the hierarchy, being obliged to know, purify, illuminate, and perfect; of the hierarchy of deacons, the archdeacon is the hierarchy, who is obliged to know the liturgical activities; and so on in order for the remaining orders.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:197 · narrative
Source · Greek

γ'. Συγκεφαλαίωσις: Ἱερῶν συγκεφαλαίωσις ἡ γνῶσις παντός ἱερατικοῦ τάγματος.

δ'. Ταύτης ἀρχή: Τίς ἡ ἀρχή τῆς ἱεραρχίας, καί περί Τριάδος. ε'. Ἐπιστητόν: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἡ ἁγία Τριάς ἐπιστητόν ἔχει τό τῆς οἰκείας ὑπάρξεως γνώριμον, ὡς τήν νῦν φαμεν τήν ἰδίαν οὐσίαν, μόνη αὕτη ἐπίσταται. Ἡ λογική: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἄγγελοι καί ἄνθρωποι λογικαί εἰσιν οὐσίαι. Ἡ δέ οὐχ ἑτέρως: Σωτηρία δηλονότι.

Ἡ δέ θέωσις: Τί ἐστιν ἡ θέωσις.

Ἱεραρχίας: Τί τό πέρας πάσης ἱεραρχίας, καί ὁποῖα δεῖ μετιέναι τόν ἱεράρχην. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τό τέλος, ἤγουν τόν σκοπόν ἁπάσης ἱεραρχίας εἶναι λέγει τῆς ἀγγελικῆς καί τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ( τήν πρός Θεόν καί τά θεῖα ἀγάπησιν, καί τά ἑξῆς κατειλεγμένα. Τό δέ ἑνιαίως ἱερουργουμένη δηλοῖ τό ὁλοσχερῶς καί μονοτρόπως πρός τήν τοιαύτην λατρείαν ὁρᾷν. § 4. Ὑπερκοσμίοις: Σημείωσαι, πῶς κινεῖ ὁ Θεός τάς νοητάς δυνάμεις, καί πῶς ἡμεῖς ἐλλαμπόμεθα.

Οὐ γάρ ἔξωθεν: Ἄνθρωποι μέν ἔξωθεν, τουτέστιν ἀπό τῆς κατά τήν κτίσιν θεωρίας καί λόγων διδασκαλικῶν καί ἑτέρων τοιούτων τήν ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν λαμβάνουσιν, ἄγγελοι δέ αὐτήν ἔνδοθεν τήν νοεράν αὐτῶν ἐλλάμπονται δύναμιν, καί τήν θείαν ἐνσημαίνονται βούλησιν, ἤγουν τυποῦνται πρός τό θεομίμητόν τε καί τῶν ὄντων, ᾖ ὄντα ἐστί, γνωστικόν.

English

3. Summary: The summary of sacred things is the knowledge of every priestly order.

4. The beginning of this: What is the beginning of hierarchy, and concerning the Trinity. 5. Intelligible: Note that the Holy Trinity has as intelligible the knowable of its own existence, as we now say its own essence, this alone knows. The rational: Note that angels and humans are rational essences. And she not otherwise: Salvation, clearly.

And deification: What is deification.

Of hierarchy: What is the end of every hierarchy, and of what sort the hierarch must pursue. Note also that he says the end, that is the goal, of every hierarchy, both the angelic and that among humans, is the love toward God and things divine, and the things listed thereafter. And "in a unified manner performed as sacred rites" indicates looking wholly and in a single manner toward such worship. § 4. Supercosmic: Note how God moves the intelligible powers, and how we are illumined.

For not from outside: Humans receive true knowledge from outside, that is, from the contemplation of creation and from teachings of doctrine and other such things, but angels are illumined from within their own noetic power, and the divine will is impressed upon them, that is, they are formed toward the imitation of God and toward the knowledge of beings insofar as they are beings.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:198 · narrative
Source · Greek

Νοητῶς δέ: Κατανοητέον, πῶς ἔσωθεν, ἀλλ’ οὐ θύραθεν, αἱ ἐλλάμψεις τοῦ Θεοῦ τούς θείους νόας κινοῦσιν· ἔφη γάρ τόν Θεόν νοητῶς αὐτούς ἐλλάμπειν· ἐπειδή γάρ νοερόν μέν ἐστι τό νοοῦν, νοητέον δέ τό νοούμενον, τροφή δέ καί οἷον σύστασις τοῦ νοοῦντος τό νοούμενον, εἰκότως ὁ Θεός, ἅτε νοῶν ὄντων τῶν ἀσωμάτων, αὐτός νοητός καί νοούμενος αὐτοῖς, καθ' ὅσον ἐφικνοῦνται, γενόμενος ἔσωθεν, αὐτός ἐλλάμπει, τοῦ νοῦ νοοῦντος καί τρεφομένου. Διαιρετῶν συμβόλων: Σύμβολα ἐνταῦθα τάς τῆς Γραφῆς πολυειδεῖς διδασκαλίας φησί, μάλιστα μέν διά συμβολικῶν λόγων τήν περί τῆς θείας φύσεως καί τῶν νοερῶν οὐσιῶν θεωρίαν εἰσηγουμένας· ἔσθ' ὅτε δέ καί τῆς πράξεως οὕσας διορθωτικάς, ὡς τά νομικά παραγγέλματα, εἰς ἠθικήν ἀλληγορίαν ἀναγόμενα· πολλῷ δέ πλέον αἱ τῶν μυστηριων τελεταί ἐν συμβόλοις θεωροῦνται καί τύποις. Οὐσία γάρ: Σημείωσαι, τίς ἡ οὐσία τῆς καθ ἡμᾶς ἱεραρχίας, καί τίνα τά θεῖα λόγια.

Ἱεροτελεστῶν: Ἱεροτελεστάς μέν τούς ἀποστόλους λέγει, οὕς καί καθηγεμόνας εἴρηκε· θεολογικάς δέ δέλτους τά βιβλία τῆς Παλαιᾶς καί τῆς Νέας· ἀϋλότερον δέ μύησιν τήν ἐκ Πνεύματος ( γενομένην τοῖς ἀποστόλοις γνῶσιν τῶν τῆς Γραφῆς νοημάτων, ἅ καί σωματικόν ἀπεκάλεσε λόγον, ἐξ ἧς μυήσεως καί τά τῆς Καινῆς συνέστη διδάγματα· γείτονα δέ τῆς οὐρανίας ἱεραρχιας τήν τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ ἐγγινομένην τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔλλαμψιν ἔφη. Ἐκ νοός εἰς νοῦν: Ὅρα τά διά μέσου λόγου, καί ὅτι διά λόγου ἀγράφου τά μυστικά παρεδόθη. Κατά κοινοῦ δέ ληπτέον τό παραδεδωκότων·

English

Intelligibly: It must be understood how the illuminations of God move the divine minds from within, and not from without; for he said that God illumines them intelligibly. Since that which understands is intelligible, and that which is understood is intelligible, and the understood is food and, as it were, the constitution of that which understands, reasonably God, since the incorporeal beings are intelligible, himself being intelligible and understood by them, insofar as they can attain, having become within, himself illumines, while the mind understands and is nourished. Of divisible symbols: Here he calls the manifold teachings of Scripture symbols, especially those that introduce the contemplation of the divine nature and of the intelligible essences through symbolic words; but sometimes they are also corrective of practice, as the legal precepts, led into moral allegory; and much more the celebrations of the mysteries are contemplated in symbols and types. Essence: Note what is the essence of our hierarchy, and what are the divine oracles.

Of hieroteleasts: He calls the apostles hieroteleasts, whom he has also called leaders; and theological tablets, the books of the Old and the New; and immaterial initiation, the knowledge of the meanings of Scripture that came to the apostles from the Spirit, which he also called the bodily word, from which initiation the teachings of the New also were constituted; and he said the illumination of the Spirit that arises in the governing part is neighbor to the heavenly hierarchy. From mind to mind: Observe the things through the medium of word, and that the mystical things were handed down through the unwritten word. And "of those who handed down" must be understood in common.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:199 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἱεροῖς δέ ἔφη συμβόλοις διά τά ἑξῆς τεθειμένα μυστήρια, ἅτινα καί θεωρίας ἀναγωγικῆς ἀξιοῖ. Αἰσθηταῖς εἰκόσι: Περί εἰκόνων.

Τό συνεπτυγμένον: Ἰδού σαφῶς τί ἐπτυγμένον. Ἀγράφοις μυήσεσι: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί ἀγράφοις μυήσεσι τά θεῖα ἡμῖν παραδέδονται.

Συμβολική τις; Ὅτι συμβολική καί ἐξ αἰσθητῶν ἡ κατά ἀνθρώπους ἱεραρχία· τουτέστιν οὐ γυμνῶς αὐτοῖς τοῖς θείοις ἐντυγχάνομεν πράγμασιν, ἀλλά διά

συμβόλων τελούμενα, οἷον τοῦ ποτηρίου τῆς εὐλογίας, ὥς φησιν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, καί τοῦ ἄρτου ὅν κλῶμεν, καί τῶν λοιπῶν.

Ἀνακεκαλυμμένοι: Τουτέστι γνώριμοι, καί ὧντινων πραγμάτων καί μυστηρίων εἰσίν ἐνδεικτικοί.

Οὐ μεταδώσεις ἑτέρῳ: Ὅτι ἀσφαλῶς δεῖ λαλεῖν τά μυστικά. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Β' § 1. α'. Ταύτης δέ: Τῆς πρός Θεόν ἀφομοιώσεώς τε καί ἑνώσεως δηλονότι. ( β'. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἀρχή: Ἀρχή, φησί, καί ὁδοποίησις τῆς πρός Θεόν οἰκειώσεως καί τῆς ἐπουρανίου κληρονομίας τό θεῖον ὑπάρχει βάπτισμα· καί γάρ «ἐάν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καί Πνεύματος, οὐ μή ἴδῃ τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ». Ὅθεν μορφοῦται ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος πρός κρείττονα ἕξιν καί σωτήριον, καί τῶν κατά Θεόν λόγων τε καί πραγμάτων τήν ἐπιτήδευσιν. γ'. Ἡ πρός τήν τῶν ἄλλων: Τρία τινά φησι δεῖσθαι πρός τήν ἀρχήν τῶν ἐντολῶν· τήν ὑποδοχήν τῶν θείων λογίων, τήν κατήχησιν τῆς θείας πίστεως, καί τήν ἀναγέννησιν τήν διά τοῦ θείου βαπτίσματος. Καλῶς οὖν ἀπέδειξεν, ὅτι ἡ προτιμοτάτη καί ἐξαίρετος κίνησις τοῦ νοῦ ἡ περί Θεόν ἀγάπη ἐστί·

English

He called them sacred symbols because of the mysteries set forth thereafter, which he also deems worthy of anagogical contemplation. By perceptible images: On images.

The condensed meaning: Behold clearly what is condensed. By unwritten initiations: Note that the divine things have also been handed down to us by unwritten initiations.

A certain symbolic character? That the hierarchy among men is symbolic and derived from perceptible things; that is, we do not encounter the divine realities themselves nakedly, but through symbols that are accomplished, such as the cup of blessing, as the Apostle says, and the bread which we break, and the rest.

With unveiled face: That is, known, and of what realities and mysteries they are indicative.

You shall not impart to another: That the mystical things must be spoken of securely. ON CHAPTER 2 § 1. a. Of this: Namely, of the assimilation and union with God. b. What then is the beginning: The beginning, he says, and the preparation of the way for intimacy with God and for the heavenly inheritance is the divine baptism; for "unless one is born of water and the Spirit, he shall not see the kingdom of God." Hence the inner man is formed toward a better and saving state, and toward the pursuit of the words and realities according to God. c. That toward the [contemplation] of others: He says that three things are needed for the beginning of the commandments: the reception of the divine oracles, the instruction of the divine faith, and the regeneration through divine baptism. Well then has he shown that the most honorable and excellent motion of the mind is the love of God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:200 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί ὅτι ἀρχή τίς ἐστι τῆς πρός Θεόν ἀγάπης ἡ θεία ἡμῶν δημιουργία, τουτέστιν ἡ διά τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἀναγέννησις, καθ' ἥν θείως εἶναι ἀρχόμεθα· ἡ μέν γάρ ἐκ σπέρματος ἡμῶν δημιουργία, κἄν ἐκ Θεοῦ δημιουργοῦντος ᾖ, ἀλλ’ οὖν φυσική ἐστιν, ἡ δέ ἐκ βαπτίσματος θεία· οὐ γάρ ἐξ αἱμάτων ἐστίν, οὐδέ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρός. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν τῇ φυσικῆ γεννήσει δεῖ πρῶτον ὑπάρξαι εἰς τό εἶναι, καί τότε ἐνεργῆσαι τά κατάλληλα, καί παθεῖν, οἷον ἀνθρώπους μέν τά οἰκεῖα, ἄλογα δέ ὁμοίως τά πρόσφορα, οὕτω καί ἐν τῇ θείᾳ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἀναγεννήσει δεῖ πρῶτον Θεῷ ὑπάρξαι, καί τότε ἐνεργῆσαι τήν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ καί τά λοιπά πρός εὐζωίαν. Ὡς γάρ ὁ κλεινός: Τόν μακάριον Ἱερόθεον λέγει, ὡς πολλάκις ἐδήλωσεν ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν λόγοις.

Πρωτίστη κίνησις: Τίς ἡ ἐξαίρετός ἐστι κίνησις τοῦ νοῦ. Ἡ τοῦ εἶναι θείως: Τουτέστιν ἡ διά τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἀναγέννησις. Ἀρρητοτάτη: Τουτέστι τό διά βαπτίσματος ἀναπλασθῆναι καί ἀναγεννηθῆναι, ὡς δηλοῖ ἐφεξῆς.

English

And that our divine creation is a kind of beginning of the love of God, that is, the regeneration through baptism, according to which we begin to be divinely; for the creation from seed, even if it is from God who creates, is nevertheless natural, whereas the creation from baptism is divine; for it is not from bloods, nor from the will of a man. Just as, therefore, in natural generation one must first exist unto being, and then act in ways that befit one, and undergo experiences—for instance, humans their own proper experiences, and irrational animals likewise those that are fitting—so too in the divine regeneration of baptism one must first exist for God, and then act in His love and the rest unto good living. For as the renowned one says—he means the blessed Hierotheus, as he often indicated in the preceding discourses.

The very first motion: What is the preeminent motion of the mind. That of being divinely: That is, the regeneration through baptism. Most ineffable: That is, being remolded and regenerated through baptism, as he makes clear in what follows.

Citation. Tergwame, “PG_91A_4”, khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0269 · generated 2026-11-15.